Home

MySF Manager User Manual

1. E H H H H E H E E UM IONMON To add an exchange m Click Add New on the right under the exchange list 2 Please fill the details of each field Required fields are marked with an asterisk A description of each field is listed below 3 Click Add on the right under the exchange list 4 Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund To edit an exchange lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 281 MySF Manager User Manual 1 Select the exchange you wish to edit from the list on the right 2 Please edit the fields of the note Required fields are marked with an asterisk A description of each field is listed below 3 Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund To remove an exchange 1 Select the exchange you wish to remove from the list on the right 2 Click Remove from under the list on the right If the exchange is being used by something else you cannot remove it If the exchange is not being used by anything a confirmation box will appear asking for you to confirm the removal of the exchange Click Yes if you are sure you wish to remove the exchange 3 Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Field Values Name Enter the name of the exchange Delimiting Character This field contains the character used to break exchange data into its constituent fields This information should no
2. Super Software for DIY Super User Manual lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual Table of Contents Part ON OO O1 BR WN Part Il a BR OND Part Ill 1 4 Part IV OND a Foreword 0 Introduction 6 Getting Started Si Sa ess Se Per See 6 ACUVatiNg MYSE cscs oo isenana aaa a eaae a lta aeaea SEa e eesti a eile eee 7 SOMWare Updates elec tee aA Arae aa Ee cet etes mette oct 10 COLE TETE LOUE CS RE me 10 Sample FUN 25222885 ne suteee ents dec aires eaae daescaire daai 20 Creating Fund sssrin asra aaaea aa aae aa aaa Ta a a aA eaaa aae EA aaa ESAE AEEA REEERE 21 Add Content 10 a FUNQ 455 50 dE nn nr et cea ee ee 30 Main MON sasea eaea D a a Aaaa a ste st uns n agendas a ea nant 30 Data Import and Export 36 Import Bank Statement nds aaa iapa pira aan ie 36 Import Asset History sn aaa aa 37 Import to Verify Portfolio ss ia 46 Exporting Data desde rene cie eee mue 50 Export Financial ASSOUS 2 56 Managing Assets 57 Physical ASSetS cnn 58 Mai De tals EEEE E EE EE EE EEE N E E EENE EE E 59 imei Chal DE f E E E E E E E E E A A TE POUPEE ESRI 60 Partial PaymentS 18 8 8 tdi ni entre snnentee enr eau ner ie en ne cet encet ten eue spaseonitn eee 63 Depreciation Schedule 2 0 nn dunes etet abeesuedcecessideveuesstedeesere 65 Insurance and Management 1 0220 de ulerrens de etanorpaneenenVencerennena
3. lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 83 MySF Manager User Manual 3 3 2 For assets that are not depreciated the values for assessable capital gain and non assessable capital gain are calculated and displayed on the bottom right of the screen Once the allocation of all amounts is entered and the type of CGT method has been selected the you click on Process to generate the General Journal entries into the General Ledger Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Selling Physical Assets screen Selling Financial Assets Menu Assets gt Sell gt Select Asset Class Selling assets has a number of complexities because of the changes that have occurred in tax law over many years There are a few things that you should be aware of in recording a sale of financial assets such as shares When share purchases were entered into MySF Manager a separate asset was created for each group of shares purchased The date of purchase and the code is used to identify a specific asset For assets purchased prior to 30th June 1988 you have a choice of using either the original cost or the market value of the asset as at 30th June 1988 For assets purchased prior to 20th September 1985 there is no capital gains tax applicable For assets purchased after 30th June 1988 and prior to 11 45am AEST on 21st September 1999 you have a choice when selling t
4. lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Buy MySF Manager 312 If you wish to fill in an order form instead of using our website to purchase MySF Manager please click the links below Please fill in as many fields as possible and return the form to us via post fax or email info mysf com au Our postal address and fax number are located on the forms DIY Single User Download an Order Form Multi Fund User Download an Order Form e Software Updates Support Renewal Download an Order Form If you have received an email with a promotional code please write the promotional code on the order form and when it is processed the discount will be applied to your purchase lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved
5. Product Activation Register and activate your product Enter your details to connect and activate your product These details were emailed to your email account on receipt of your purchase Customer ID M Email Address Activate as MySF Manager Customer ID Email Address Activate as The Customer ID was sent to you via email when you purchased the software Please insert the email address you used when the software was purchased Please select the product you purchased or the product you are upgrading to If you are an accountant auditor administering funds on behalf of clients and you have purchased the Advisor Edition of MySF Manager please select MySF Professional Otherwise please select MySF Manager To validate your entry click on Activate All the values entered will be validated against MySF Online Any errors will be displayed on the screen Important If you are sure that you have entered the correct information but you get an error message telling you that it is incorrect or that MySF Manager could not connect to MySF Online security software may be blocking the attempted connection in the background If the connection problem cannot be resolved please contact MySF to activate your software via the telephone or email Once the validation is completed your product will be activated and your logon to the members area of the MySF website will be available using the
6. To sell a financial asset 1 Please edit the fields of the sale Descriptions of each field are listed below 2 The financial asset you wish to sell will display in the middle area Check all the information is correct before proceeding 3 Click Process to complete the sale of a financial asset 4 Click Exit to close the Sell Financial Asset screen Important Please note that the following options may not be optimal for your fund and E3 MySF does not recommend or discourage the use of these allocation methods Please check with your financial advisor to ensure that these allocation approaches are allowed for your fund The sale screen also contains the following options Before using any of these you will be shown a disclaimer as below lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual Disclaimer and Warning Disclaimer and Warning The Average Cost FIFO LIFO Lowest Taxable and Highest Taxable links provide access to possible variations of unit allocations within this sale MySF does not recommend or discourage the use of any possible allocation of units within the sale The possible allocations shown by MySF Manager may not be appropriate or may not be permitted for use in your SMSF and you should always consider your situation and seek advice from a licensed advisor and the ATO before making a decision Lax e Average Cost Cl
7. lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 76 When adding a new financial asset please fill in all of the purchase details and click on Add At this time MySF Manager will also check to make sure that there is a business card on file in MySF Manager for this company so that you will be able to record income against it If no business card is found you will be asked if you would like MySF Manager to create one automatically Dividend Distribution Reinvestment Entering a financial asset as a distribution reinvestment will prompt you for distribution components Z Receipts Distributions Enter full Distribution detals later C Record the receipt of distributions Details Distribution transaction of 450 00 paid by BHP against transaction CR0025 C Is there a tax withheld amount 450 00 4110 Distributions Recelv Browse Reset Memo BHP v 192 86 Do not auto calcuiste 100 00 100 30 Company Tax Rate Check Settings to change rate s Tax free amount 0 00 Tax deferred amourt 0 00 Special income 0 00 Capital Gains Tax Frozen index Entering a financial asset as a dividend reinvestment will prompt you for dividend components lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 77 MySF Manager User Manual 3 2 2 2 Receipts Enter full Dividends deta s later C Details Dividend transaction of 450 00 paid b
8. lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 78 71 Manage Financial Asset Standard 011 Shares CML 12 10 1999 Main Additional information List of Assets Al Shares Is this a Segregated Asset 3 Curent AGL O Yes No BHP B BHP 03 04 2000 BLD CML CML 12 07 1988 CML 12 10 1989 CML 12 12 2000 CML 15 06 2004 Ownership Records CTX SGB At 12 10 1999 1000 0000 unts SGB 10 10 2003 A 20 06 2004 800 units held wow WOW 12 12 2003 Editing the main details a Click the Additional Information tab 2 If you want to add a new asset click Add New from under the list of assets on the right This will take you back to the main tab where you will need to enter the required information before proceeding to the financial s tab If you are editing an existing asset select the financial asset you wish to edit the information of from the list of assets on the right 3 Please fill in all required fields for your financial asset Descriptions of each field are listed below 4 Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 79 MySF Manager User Manual Is this a Segregated Asset Segregated assets are those which are tagged to a specific member for the purpose of allocating the earnings from that asset to the member If Yes then you should incl
9. to make sure they are familiar with how the software works prior to making a change Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Account Reference Table screen Notes to the Accounts Menu Configuration gt Notes to Accounts The Notes to Accounts functionality is designed to provide the ability to attach notes to the Financial Reports and embed references to the notes in each of the reports You can embed variables from the specific fund using Notes Tags The Notes functionality operates across multiple funds The aim of the Notes to the Accounts is to explain specific entries While there are standard notes which may apply to multiple funds there will be specific notes that relate to a specific event or transaction in a specific fund There are three separate tabs in the set up of the Notes to Accounts The Notes Master Setting up Versions and Linking Notes to Accounts Notes Master Setup MySF Manager comes with a standard set of Notes defined in the Notes Master These notes are numbered NO1 to N014 and relate to different aspects of different reports You can add new notes to the Notes Master if required This would generally only be required for Accountants or Advisors who are administering multiple funds through the software The Notes Master as the name implies is a set of notes which can be set up and then copied for different clients to create a new version for that cli
10. 229 10 58 3 95 27 27 BUY RIO 58 370 20 750 77 78 32 00 The Import to Verify Portfolio has three tabs and each should be used in sequence 1 File Format and Definition lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 48 Z import to Verify Portfolio Import to Verify Portfolio Fie and Format Defintion Information Assignment Verification Results Select file to import C Documents and Settings Al Users Please select deimterused Tab Comma Space Other Other options First line contains headers C Ignore the first ines Remove double quotes from all text C Documents and Settings Al Users Documents import Data csv On this tab please click Browse to locate the file you wish to import for verification purposes The file types which may be used include any form of text file such as CSV and Microsoft Excel files If you have selected to use a delimited text file you can select what the delimiter is under Please select delimiter used If you are importing a text file and the first line contains the column headers please tick First line contains headers If there are no headers columns will be displayed as Columni Column2 etc If the file you are importing from contains a number of lines at the beginning which are not relevant you can also enter a number of lines to ignore
11. Add Edt Remove Define ted Print version notes The version that is created draws on the text defined in the Notes Master and is created specific to a fund When you choose Add New Version you are prompted to copy from either an existing version or from the Notes Master The new version can then be edited to provide a modified set of notes specific to the fund New notes can be added by copying from the master list and then editing the note It is important to Save the version to make the changes after new notes have been added The Note Number in the version is important as Notes will print in Note number order A fund may have multiple Versions of Notes and a specific version is chosen as the version to be used with reports This would be useful where a fund needs different notes different Financial Years Linking Notes and Accounts The final step in setting up the Notes to Accounts is to link the Note to the Account When a report is run in the Report Tool users have the option of including the Notes to the Accounts These will be lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 271 MySF Manager User Manual appended to the report based on the selection made for the report When a new fund is created a set of Standard links to the version 1 Automatically created is also loaded It is important that users review these links and adjust them to suit the needs of your fund Va Notes to accounts N
12. Description Vested benefits fund tax rate Tax Rate for Special Income Taxable income In Pension Mode the Total proportion of income exempt percentage In Pension Mode the Total amount of income exempt dollar value Amount taxable Carried forward loss Dollar amount of Tax at lt taxrate gt Dollar amount of tax at lt specrate gt for Special Income Total amount of tax dollar value Amount of Rebates Withholding tax paid Tax instalments paid Total tax payable Profit after tax rebates etc Non assessable income Non assessable expenses Members funds Dollar value of funds available for distribution Benefits accrued from operations after income tax Non cash amounts included in benefits accrued from operations Net cash provided by operating activities Total cash Financial year start date R Configuration 274 To use a Tag in notes you enter the narrative and then enter the Tag Name This is done in the version to be used for the fund Examples 1 The tax rate of the fund is lt taxrate gt 2 You can use multiples if you wish in a single note for example The cash held in Bank Accounts as at the lt dateto gt is lt cash gt This would print out as The cash held in Bank Accounts as at the 30th of June 2004 is 22 311 33 The standard set of notes delivered with the software has Tags already embedded and we suggest you print out what is there and then make changes as appropriate Text Editor income Tax
13. Fund Auditor Wally Audt Browse Reset Fund Tax Agent Wally Audt Browse Reset X Is the fund registered for GST Fund TFN 10122345 Date Formed 01 107 1998 Fund PAYG No Fund SFN No For more information on fund definition please refer to Creating Your Own fund Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Fund Details screen 8 6 Members Menu Superfund Administration gt Members This screen holds information about each individual member such as name date of birth address and if the member is in pension or accumulation mode Pension and accumulation modes are discussed at the bottom of this topic lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 241 MySF Manager User Manual 7 Fund Members Fund Members Maintain fund member detals or create another member Personal detais Further Information Financial MM0001 C is the member in pension mode Mr John Paul Smith 12 12 211950 123 Seth Btsckbum 01 07 1998 Mctode C Has the member left the fund i Austria 3130 Is this member a fund trustee Personal Details This includes the name D O B sex of the individual Date joined and Date Left fund Enter the date the member joined the fund If the member has left Is the Member a Trustee the fund then tick the box and enter the date As members of SMSF are required to be a trustee of the fund the ti
14. QAN Teny s TV Antennas VAN hdvidual Q Ad New Ei impot a VCard O Cancel Click Add New if you wish to add a new business card to the business card picker This will open the business cards screen For further help with this screen please see Business Cards You can also import VCard s that have been created in another application A VCard is the name given to electronic business cards and is widely used in many applications VCards are often attached to e mail messages and contain names addresses phone numbers URL s logo s photographs and even audio clips To import a VCard into your fund click Import a VCard which will then prompt you to select either the type of business card you want to import Business or Individual You will then need to select the VCard from its location on your computer Chart Functionality The charts throughout MySF Manager have several functionalities which enable you to completely customise any of the chart areas within MySF Manager To do this right click an area you would like to customise and you will be shown a list of the functionality available to you For example to change the background colour of any of the charts right click the background area and select colour then choose your desired background colour You can customise the entire chart area to any desired state If you have changed the colours of each of the bars shown in the chart and you would like to keep those
15. 0 Perverted Rate Of Change r r Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO M Volume Percentual Rate Of Change lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 211 MySF Manager User Manual 7 8 2 14 Performance The performance chart is a simple chart which shows a zero based performance line for the selected investment Performance parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a ER gt le m e al QO PAJA GY Prices Studies On Balance Yolume Percentual Rate Of Change V Performance Positive Volume Index a Price And Yolume Trend Rate Of Change 14000 2 olume Relative Strength Index 7 i il 4 j dl h Lal J Maure 0 Performance 0 eee PR eres eae aa Performance 0 Perform On ClosePrice Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 RIO HB Volume Performance 7 8 2 15 Positive Volume Index Positive volume index is a technical indicator that is sometimes used in combination with negative volume index to identify bull and bear markets The use of the positive volume index is based on the assumption that crowds buy on high volume days while smart investors buy and sell on low volume days The positive volume index tries to determine what smart investors are doing by establishing a link between price change and volume change Positive Volume
16. 227 MySF Manager User Manual a A olu mja E aH 2p Aaly a Prices Studies Technical Studies Configure Drawing Features Fibonacci Retracements 19 07 2006 14 02 44 12000 Fibonacci Time Zones 6000 Signal Line Style E Dash Start Date 19 07 2006 0 Se Q4 Q1 07 a2 End Date 14 02 2007 Dee ii a Start Price 43 05 End Price Si CBA W Volume Draw On ClosePri 7 8 3 6 Midpoint Tirone Midpoint Tirone developed by John Tirone is one of a set of technical analysis measures used to identify support and resistance levels The midpoint Tirone and mean Tirone methods are intended to help you identify potential support and resistance levels based on the range of prices over a given period The interpretation of Tirone levels is similar to quadrant lines In the midpoint Tirone method the levels are calculated by identifying the highest high and the lowest low within the period under analysis The top line is then calculated by subtracting lowest low from the highest high then dividing this value by three and subtracting this result from the highest high Midpoint Tirone parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Signal line style Multiple sets of midpoint Tirone levels may be added May be combined with other drawing features and technical analysis lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rig
17. All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 206 7 8 2 9 a 0 olt m e a Hl 2p 2an BY Prices Studies Ease Of Movement 90 Moving Average Convergence Divergence Mass Index 80 Momentum Money Flow Index 0 Negative Volume Index sann Volume On Balance Volume 4000 i il n dl i Lak J D crewing Festuree 0 pu EE Mass Index 0 lt Periods 25 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice Momentum Momentum is a simple technical analysis indicator The momentum value is calculated based on the difference between the current market price of an investment and the price of an investment some number of days earlier Momentum is essentially a basic application of oscillator analysis it is designed to measure the rate of price change no the actual price level The most common signals generated are zero line crossings trend line violations and extreme values Zero line crossings from negative to positive territory can be interpreted as a buy signal if the trend is up Conversely zero line crossings into negative territory can be interpreted as a sell signal if the trend is down Trend lines on a momentum chart are broken sooner than those on a raw price chart therefore a change in trend in a momentum chart is sometimes considered a leading indicator An additional benefit from momentum analysis is the ability to determine when the price enters an extreme area This is normall
18. All transaction can be recorded against either an asset or a member If this payment relates to a specific member then select the member from the list If not leave as None For further help with this please see General Tips Enter the Asset to which this transaction relates or leave as None Where a transaction is recorded using this field a drop down list will display all Assets This information is used by the Analysis tools in MySF Manager to produce yield analysis for assets Using the Browse and Select function the General Ledger chart of accounts is displayed New accounts can be added if required For further help with this please see General Tips From the drop down box select the tax type to be used for this line e g GST If GST is chosen then the BAS reporting will provide information on this transaction The Amount included in the Tax Amount field is calculated based on the code entered These codes are defined in Configuration gt GST Types As with many areas of MySF Manager documents can be attached as backup documentation for the transaction For further help with this please see General Tips When the transaction is balanced Total Allocated Total Amount Debits and Credits are created automatically you can save the transaction When you click on Save you will be prompted with lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 122 message box similar to th
19. Artist Sandro Botticelli Frame Type Unknown Style Early Renaissance For each field that you want to display click the check box to make it visible on the screens throughout MySF Manager and enter in the field prompt on the right hand side Carried Forward Capital Losses Account When defining a new asset class the Carried Forward Capital Losses Account should be left blank Once the asset class is saved by clicking on Save amp Exit the Account will be automatically created You can edit this later on by bringing up the same screen and editing the field Default Allocation You can define a Default Allocation by clicking Edit Default Allocation This allows you to define a set of percentage values against an Asset Class that will be loaded into each asset s Asset Allocation Table when it is first created For example if you invest in Australian Shares and would like to save time in data entry you can define a default Asset Allocation for Australian Shares as shown below lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 277 MySF Manager User Manual 9 5 Gi Asset Allocation Table Percentage 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Click Save to finalise the changes made to the asset classes default allocation percentage Using this method you will not have to enter Asset Allocation percentages each time you add an Asset into Australian Shares as the Asset Allocation Table defined for the Asse
20. The Quick Add Dividend screen allows the quick addition of dividends your fund has received Using this screen you can record dividends and dividend reinvestments without going through the Cash Receipt or Add Manage Asset screens lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 124 2 Quick Add Dividend Enter details later Deposit to account CBA 123455 Total dividend amount 350 00 Income account to use 4116 Dividends Received Dividend details To add a new dividend 1 Select whether the dividend is a Cash Dividend or a Reinvestment from the right of the screen Note that this will be defaulted from the menu selection used to navigate to this screen 2 You will be shown the screen above Please fill in all required fields for your dividend Descriptions of each field are listed below a If you don t have all the details of your dividend place a tick in the Enter details later box in the middle of this screen b Select the payor from which the dividend was received by clicking Browse near the top of the screen The asset code and exchange fields will be filled in automatically c Enter the amount received for the dividend in the Total dividend amount field d Select the income account to use by clicking Browse Click Reset if the income account selected is incorrect This field will be automatically filled upon entry to this screen e If you are reco
21. e g legal fees and other parts do not e g stamp duty Using the Partial Payment a second amount can be added to the asset as a partial payment with or without GST as required The cost of the asset excluding any tax or stamp duty Select the tax code to use on purchase price This is a calculated value based on the purchase price and the tax rate for the tax code Enter any other costs that should be capitalised as a cost of the purchase of the asset If there is additional Tax on the costs associated with acquisition select the appropriate Tax Code Note if some of the Cost of Acquisition has GST and another part does not you will need to use the Partial Payment feature to add a separate cost to the value of the asset This ensures that GST which is calculated as 1 11 of the cost is calculated correctly Two separate transaction types can be selected Cash payment will allow the entry of a normal cash payment transaction with the entry of cheque details A General Journal will process a debit and credit only with no details of the payee If the date of acquisition is outside the current financial year the transaction will not generate a journal and the value of the asset should be added using Load Opening Balances If appropriate enter the date the asset was built or created This date will be checked by the depreciation functionality and used to determine the end of life of the asset If the asset is to be depreciated it is
22. menu item from the top of the screen select a financial asset from the list and you will see all the latest headlines related to that specific asset When you click on one of the headlines your default web browser will open and display the link associated with the headline Superfund Administration Strategy Document Menu Superfund Administration gt Investment Strategy Compliance is one of the challenges facing the trustee of a self managed fund One of the key areas of importance is the definition and use of the investment strategy From the outset we believe it is important that fund managers plan their strategy for investment and clearly document how the fund will approach investing We would recommend that all DIY managers have a financial advisor or accountant who can assist them with their self managed fund The Investment Strategy Document When you enter the investment strategy to the MySF Manager system you are prompted to enter the percentage of planned investment in each asset allocation category E g the percentage in property Australian shares US shares etc This is used to calculate the compliance of the fund by comparing actual vs planned investment in each asset category as a percentage of the total In MySF Manager the Asset Allocation Categories are used to the classify assets into common risk categories Asset allocation means dedicating certain percentages of your holdings to broad asset categories like sha
23. or Months Enter the date you wish to stop the regular transactions in the Regular Transaction End Date boxes For further help with date fields please see General Tips Click Details of Reqular Transaction to show the corresponding screen to the value placed in the transaction type box in step 1 For further help with these screens please see either Cash Receipts Cash Payments or General Journals Once all the details have been filled out for the regular transaction on the corresponding transaction type screen please click Schedule to process the transaction type Upon re entry of your fund every time the transaction is due to process you will be prompted to either process the transaction or cancel it lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 148 V4 Processing Regular Transaction Processing Regular Transaction Payee Eastem Property Services Browse Reset Memo Cheque Number Amount 10 11 12 13 Account CBA 123455 GST Paid General Expenses Click Process on this screen to continue with the regular transaction You will be shown the following transactions that will be generated Click Cancel on this screen if you do not wish to continue with the regular transaction To view all scheduled transactions go back to the Regular Transactions screen Cash and Bank Accounts gt Regular Transactions Select the regular transactio
24. 30 7106 7 2004 V Show detail V Show member profits C include account notes It provides the Opening Balance information as at 1 July and then a summary of the transactions for that member over the selected period The allocation of profits at year end to each member is done through the Members Allocation Table This table calculates the percentage of the profit to be allocated based on pre defined formulae Members can choose to add a pseudo allocation of the current years profits to the report It is important to note that as end of year adjusting entries have not been processed this allocation is only an approximation 6 2 3 Asset Reports Menu Reporting gt Open Report Tool gt Assets Tab There are seven Asset Reports as standard Asset Listing Asset Listing with Yields Asset Performance Asset Summary Asset Movement Change in Market Value Depreciation Schedule OR lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 167 MySF Manager User Manual 6 2 4 Report Tool Report Tool Buld and generate financial reports and member reports Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Select asset report type Asset Peformance Criteria for Asset Performance Report Assets to Include Aj Assets Asset Classes Report Stat Date 01 107 2003 Report End Date 39 06 2004 7 Include Cash with Financial Assets C include Depreciation with Net Eamings C Inc
25. Asset Register with depreciation functionality Cash Payments Cash Receipts Investment Strategy Revaluations General Ledger with members Ledger included and Share Management It is important to understand the how each of these aspects of MySF Manager operate and how you can effectively use the functionality to help control your fund Most people starting with MySF Manager will already have a fund operating and the setup of the system involves Loading Opening Balances When you registered for the demo of MySF Manager or purchased a copy of the software you would have received two PDF files one of which will greatly assist you in setting up your fund called Setup MySF Manager pdf If you did not receive the two PDF files please click the links below to download them We would suggest you spend time reading through the PDF files and documenting things such as the date your assets were acquired the purchase price rental agreements and insurance details as well as important digital documents and photographs which can be saved as attachments Click here to download Setup MySF Manager pdf Click here to download 12 Questions 12 Answers pdf The up front effort of collecting your information will make the process of adding and maintaining your investments easier A final piece of advice please read this User Manual and use the MySF Manager Sample fund to help you better understand the functionality available 1 1 Gettin
26. Drawing Features an Volume 14000 Triangular Moving Average 0 Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO M Volume Triangular Moving Average 7 8 1 7 Typical Price Typical price indicator is provides a single plot that shows each day s average price The typical price indicator is calculated by adding the high low and closing prices together and then dividing by three The result is the average or typical price Typical Price parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 197 MySF Manager User Manual a 0 ol mja oH 82 F zap Prices Studies Simple Moving Average 10 _ lSimple Moving Average 50 Simple Moving Average 200 Triangular Moving Average _ Weighted Close Weighted Moving Average ial wW Technical Studies AN Drawing Features Volume 14000 Typical price 0 Perform On ClosePrice IC Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 RIO E Volume Typical price 7 8 1 8 Weighted Close Weighted Close indicator is a price indicator that is similar to typical price It will approximate the average price traded for a period Weighted close is different from typical price in that it places greater emphasis on the clos
27. For each Asset Class users can tailor the screen and field prompts within MySF Manager by entering the Field Name and ticking the box headed Display The Field prompts are used on the Add Manage Assets screen to store whatever information is required in addition to the standard fields provided in MySF Manager For further help with this please see General Tips lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 276 User Defined Values Display Label Text Size i Various Colours Artist Frame Type 0O User Defined 6 O User Defined 7 O User Defined 8 F User Defined 9 v Select the Asset Class to change A warning will be displayed explaining that this change will change the Asset Class for all assets in the Asset Class you have selected Along with changing the Name of the Asset Class you can add up to 10 User Defined fields to the asset master file which would relate to all assets in that class An example would be for Commercial Property you may wish to add fields such as Land Area Type of Construction and number of Car Parks When these are defined any Commercial Property added to the system will prompt for entry of values into these fields Changes to the screen prompts can be made at any time even after assets have been added User Defined Values Size 1725x2785em Various Colours White Blue Green Red
28. For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter 2 Filter the Report on fields to show cash receipts that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank Cash Receipts lt receipt type gt 3 Select the first level item of the cash receipt you wish to edit from the items that show in the middle of the screen Click Edit transaction from the bottom of the screen You will be prompted to select either a Major edit or a Minor edit to the transaction A major edit allows you to edit any aspect of the transaction which involves reversing the transaction and posting again with updated transaction details A minor edit only allows the editing of the reference number memo and payor fields This prevents you from making a change to any major details by accident that you do not wish to change 6 Please edit the fields of the cash receipt Descriptions of each field are listed below 7 Click Save to reverse the original transaction made to the General Journal and process the edited transaction 8 Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter oS lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 113 MySF Manager User Manual To reverse a cash receipt Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter Filt
29. Grouped by Asset Classes Select this tab to show you the income analysis grouped by the filter income value selected Click Exit to close the Income Analysis screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Expense Analysis Menu Analysis and Insight gt Expense Analysis Expense Analysis is a way to compare and analyse all your expenses for the fund All the expenses of your fund are calculated as a Total at the bottom of the screen The expense analysis screen lists all your expense types and the amounts of expense paid for that type For further help with expense types please see Payment and Receipt types You can see the percentage of expense by expense type in a graph to the right lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 182 7 Expense Analysis Expense Analysis Fiter Expenses No Filter From the date range 01 7107 j 2003 to 30 06 2004 Indude Select AN Unselect Al Lt Show Graph Grouped by Type Grouped by Accounts Distribution Expense by Expense Type 4110 Distributions Received RO022410008CR0022 BT Global 12 07 2003 Expense 5130 Bank Charges CP000541000 10670005 5140 Cound Rates CP000 14100020P000 1 Office Block 100 00 2 393 64 170 Insurance CP0006 110002CP0006 Office Block 100 00 1 676 36 5200 Repairs and Maintenance E Distribution Ml Expense Filter Expenses This
30. Part VIII Superfund Administration 232 1 Strategy Document SR nc 232 2 Recording MINUTES sasssa un ile suede davdnecers canderesvataeres facteerss 235 3 T0 DO g B S aae E e E E E E E E cedestddeuGnnvecueeesudeaudendeess eseddendanuees 237 A Calendar sounna AE ENAERE AAR AARRE KAERA AAEE ENARA AA AAAA AARIN RRENA 239 5 Fund D tails sisas rennes Aa aao a aara te en nns anen esta End ee 239 6 Members ss RS teen nant atete ei ann et tete nn n te nice ententes 240 7 REMOVE Member entame star nan nn aanm amet nana aae aaae aAA a e EA tant ln nd een 245 8 Member Allocation Table is isnnenrnessnnneeeeeneenessnnnes 246 9 Year End Rollover Wizard isnenirssnensenneeeennssnnnneenenennennnenne 249 10 Reverse Year End Rollover innannnnnennnnnsnnnneenennenensnnenenenennesnns 259 Part IX Configuration 260 1 General Ledger ACCOUNIS sn nisnnisnnnnnnnenennnnnnnnennenneneenensnneennenenneneente 260 2 Account Reference Table ss nenensennenessnnnneeneneenessnnenes 267 3 Notes 10 th Accounts 5 snnennntannaamn senaencennon seed stnsanananndaned nene nant amaaan tee sn dla nana nes 268 Notes TAgS E A E 272 A Asset Classes 2 eS se alate nace aad ee eee edt 274 5 Asset Allocation Categories ss ininennnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnness 277 GB EXChanges A E N EA A E A sise entr ne seen tte none te seme sise c cette dense 280 7 Tax Tables nes needs en enecnes itae aeiia eme nc eee taana iraani 281 8 Payment and Receipt TYpes ss snnnnennnnnnnnnnne
31. Shares v Date Range CE or D JD Summ SM Sige R0001 AA0003 CML 12 10 1999 20 06 200 200 7 55 SR0002 AA0004 CML 12 12 2000 20 06 200 300 7 55 SR0O03 AA0012 CML 12 07 1558 01 06 200 200 7 23 Sales records can be edited by selecting Edit at the end of each line The following screen will be displayed lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 105 MySF Manager User Manual 4 11 Gi Sale Record Editor Sale Record Editor SRO001 AAD003 Shortname CML 12 10 1999 Sale Date 20 06 2004 Capital Gain Total Number of Unts Sold 200 0000 Capital Gain Taxable Sale Price per unt 7 5500 Capital Gain Non Taxable Please note that this edit will only change the sale record and does not change any of the entries in the accounts These must be separately entered through adjusting journal entries Reverse Sales Records In the event that you need to reverse a sale there are two steps required 1 The General Ledger journal entry relating to the sale needs to be reversed through Menu Reporting gt Transaction Reporter 2 Each sale record in the original sale must be selected and reversed by clicking Reverse next to the sale record Please note this cannot be undone and the original entry will be deleted This will put back the number of units sold into the asset for the day that the sale has been recorded After processing a reversal the asset record should be adju
32. Tax deferred relates to the fact that the income received is not taxable In relation to cost base this means that tax deferred income reduces the cost base of the asset and therefore the balance of the account associated with the asset The impact of this reduction in cost base is that when the asset is sold the capital gain amount calculated is higher therefore the member will be liable for a higher tax payment at that time The second category of events affecting cost base are those that bring about a change in the number of units of in an member s possession without the member paying or receiving anything Such events also result in a modification of the cost base of individual units Examples of these events include issuance of bonus shares splits reverse splits or demergers All of these events are discussed under their own headings in this document Finally an member may make additional payments to continue ownership of the asset Examples of this include instalment payments on financial assets or additional partial payments for physical assets These events will increase the cost base of the asset in question Calculating Capital Gains Capital gains are profits or losses made from buying and selling assets The amount of capital gain is normally calculated by subtracting the cost base from the net proceeds of the sale also known as the sale consideration Net proceeds of the sale are the amount received for the asset being sold
33. View and Manage Asset Allocation Table To allocate this asset to an asset category click on View and Manage Asset Allocation Table in the middle of the screen The list of allocation categories defined under Configuration gt Asset Allocation Categories is displayed and you have the option of allocating a percentage of this asset to any of the Asset Categories in the list The maximum amount that can be allocated is 100 Once entered click Save on the Asset Allocation Screen to file away changes Continue to the next step by clicking on the Insurance Manager Tab Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Add Manage Physical Asset screen Partial Payments It is possible to have partial payments attached to any physical asset in MySF Manager If you did not pay the full purchase price for an asset this feature enables you keep track of any separate payments made on the physical asset Clicking on Add Partial Payment from the Add Manage Physical Asset screen once a physical asset has been created will bring up the Add Partial Payment screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 64 7 Add Partial Payment Add Partial Payment AA0019 Payment Date 01 09 2006 Asset Shortname Office Block Payment Amount ex Tax 53 000 00 Tax On Payment GST v Tax Amount on Payment 5 300 00 Cost
34. and the list on the right shows the information that has been selected for inclusion To move items between the two lists select one or more items and click on gt to move them from left to right or lt to move them from right to left To move all items from left to right click on gt gt and to move all from right to left click on lt lt Within the list of items that you wish to include you can change the order they will appear in the exported file by selecting an item from the list on the right hand side and clicking Move Up or Move Down lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 53 MySF Manager User Manual General Formatting Accounts lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 54 lt 2003 20 Compress Account Structure Numeric Account Identifiers Only Exclude Inactive Accounts Show Currency as Numbers Only Summary accounts marked as Detail accounts marked as Minimum Length for Account Numbers Add Blank Columns First Letters of Accounts MySF Manager uses an account structure that is always customized on the fly for the unique superannuation fund that it is has open This structure typically contains around 1000 accounts but the actual number of accounts is theoretically unlimited In contrast to this some software packages use a finite account numbering system For this reas
35. if you want to perform a Cash Payment select Manage Cash from the first menu which will take you to its sub menu Select Record Payments for this example A new window with this specific task will open on top of the main menu If you wish to go back one level of the menu you can click lt Back from the bottom right of the menu You have a choice to make this main menu your default menu so that every time you open your fund in MySF Manager this menu type opens automatically To do this please click Make this my default menu in the top right corner of the main menu Quick Menu Main Menu Asset Allocation amp Cash Flow ek amp Investment Strategy amp Compliance Make this my default menu Define your investment strategy including planned asset allocations Record minutes of fund meetings Manage Assets Add manage or sell physical or financial assets Manage areas such as depreciation tenants revaluations and regular receipts Manage Cash Record receipts payments or joumal entries as well as performing bank reconciliations or GST related functions Reporting amp Analysis Setup g Generate standard financial reports or members reports and analyse the View and Edit Accounts performance of the fund in tems of yield and asset allocation Business Cards etc Navigating MySF Manager Quick Menu 1 Select the type of task you wish to perform For example if you want to perform a cash payment select P
36. standard deviation is part of the calculation for Bollinger bands A high standard deviation value occurs when the item being analysed eg closing price is changing dramatically Low standard deviation values result from stable values for the data being observed Some analysts feel that major tops are accompanied by high standard deviation as investors struggle with euphoria and fear while major bottoms are calmer as investors have fewer expectations Standard Deviation parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the standard deviation Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 216 2 0 olh mja aBn 2 F 2an BY Prices Studies Relative Strength Index 90 v Standard Deviation Lanes Stochastics 80 TRIX 2 Vertical Horizontal Fiter 0 Volatility Chaikin s sann Volume Vl Volume 0 i 4 il n dl h Lak J Mur 0 Standard Deviation Standard Deviation 3 NS op St Ae ALAN 0 eriods 12 a3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO HB Volume Standard Deviation 7 8 2 20 Lanes Stochastics Lane s stochastic s is a stochastic oscillator presented by George Lane in 1950s George Lane designed a number of indicators that withstood the test of time and rank among most popular and widely used Lane s s
37. www mysf com au All rights reserved 117 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Receipts Distributions Enter ful Distribution detais later C Record the receipt of distributions Details Distribution transaction of 1 256 00 paid by Sam Tenant against transaction CR0024 C Is there a tax withheld amount Browse Reset Memo 0 00 C Do not ato calcuiste Percent franked 0 00 100 30 Company Tax Rate Check Settings to change rate s Tax free amount 0 00 Tax deferred amourt 0 00 Special income 0 00 Capital Gains Tax Frozen index To add a new distribution 1 Create a new Cash Receipt and in the receipt type field select Distribution 2 You will be shown the screen above Please fill in all required fields for your distribution Descriptions of each field are listed below a If you don t have all the details of your distribution place a tick in the Enter full distribution details later box at the top of this screen b Select the asset from the first selection box c Enter the amount received for the distribution in the Amount received field d Select the income account to use by clicking Browse Click Reset if the income account selected is incorrect e If this is an incomplete distribution you can access it at a later time by going to Asset Utilities gt Complete Past Dividends Distributions For further help with this screen please see Complete Past Dividends Distributi
38. 01 07 2003 to 30 06 2004 Report on M Include Reversed Sort by Transaction Date w The Transaction report produced through batch reporting allows similar filtering to that produced through the Transaction Reporter with the difference being that the result is included in a printable report To include a Transaction Report in the Batch Report please ensure that the tickbox next to Transaction Report is ticked Year End Reports Select Funds Define Criteria Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Include the latest copies of the following reports as generated through End of Financial Year Processing formation witribution Statements If one or more of the funds included for batch reporting has been through a Year End Rollover you can select one or more of the year end reports to be included in the batch report To select more than one report from this list please hold down the Ctrl key on your keyboard while selecting items with the mouse lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 174 Generating Reports To start the process of generating these reports please click on Generate Reports after you have placed a tick in each of the reports you desire As a first step MySF Manager will validate all of the parameters and make sure that all of the funds you have selected to include are updated to the current version of the software If reporting
39. 09 27 23 DVR QAN 229 10 58 3 95 27 27 BUY RIO 58 370 20 750 77 78 32 00 The Import Asset History screen contains three main areas each of which should be attended to in sequence All three are described in detail below 1 File Format and Definition lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 40 G2 import Asset History Import Asset History File and Format Definition Column Information Information Assignment Select fie to impot C Documents and Settings Al Users Documents import Data csv Deleniter used Tab Comma Space Other Other options C First ine contains headers C Remove Leading Full Stops C onore the ft ines C Atomatcaly Fiter Data V Remove double quotes from al text Minimum not nul columns only C Documents and Settings Al Users Documents inport Data csv The first step in the import process is to select the file we wish to import information from and define the format of the information contained in this file Click on Browse and using the standard file selection window navigate to the file you wish to import information from and click on Open If the file is a delimited file format such as a CSV or TXT file then please select the delimiter used The standard selection allows you to choose from Tab Comma and Space as delimiters but you can
40. 251 MySF Manager User Manual You can edit the sequence of carried forward losses and current year losses in which they will be applied by changing the numbers in the Rank column to your own preference If there are no taxable gains that fall into a particular category then that category will be skipped Please type 0 into the rank of a category of gain that you do not wish to allocate any losses to i fA Carried forward losses Year End Process Carried forward losses from previous financial periods There is a total of 5 000 00 of camied forward captal losses available for use in the current year Total amount of fully taxable captal gains 0 00 Total amourt of frozen index capital gains 0 00 Total amount of discounted 1 3 rule captal gains 17 840 00 Camied forward loss to apply against current year gains 5 000 00 Current year loss to apply against current year gains 0 00 Total loss to apply against current year gains 5 000 00 Camied forward losses and current year losses will be applied in the folowing sequence Category of Gain Rank Fully taxable gains 1 F there are no taxable gains that fall into a particular category then that category will be skipped Gains from sales with frozen index rule 2 F you do not wish to allocated any losses against a particular Gains from sales with 1 3 discount rule 3 category then please type U into the rank of that category 2 Capital gains adjustment This
41. 7 2 Current Cost or Historical Cost View Yield on For Date Beginning to Date Ending Value of selection on Show Amount List all Revenues and List all Expenses This first selection allows the user to calculate the yield of an asset based on either the Current Value of the Asset or Historical Cost Users select a specific Asset an Asset Class Asset Category from the Asset Allocation Table or the entire fund Users can also select to look at the yield on a member If any value other than the Whole fund is chosen in the first field then select from a valid list for the values to include The date range selection will default from the beginning of the current financial year through to the current date This can be changed if required MySF Manager will select any transactions for the period selected to apply in the calculation of the yield for the selected item If Current Cost is chosen the user is prompted to enter the valuation date to be used The date will default to the first day of the current Financial Year which will therefore give the yield based on the year end rollover valuation This is a display only value and is the total value of the selected assets within the fund as at the selected date based on the selection criteria If Historical Cost is chosen then this is based on the original Cost of the asset The tick boxes allow the user to suppress or display the detail revenue and expense item
42. 900 00 Dividends 4116 Dividends Received Filter Income This is the first level of detail you can include in the income analysis From this drop down box select what you wish to analyse What you choose will determine the values that are displayed in the box to its right where you need to select another level of detail Click Select All to select all the values in the box Click Unselect All to unselect all the values in the box lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 181 MySF Manager User Manual 7 5 From the date range This allows you to specify a date range for the income analysis MySF Manager will calculate the income for the fund between this date range For tips on using dates and date ranges please see General Tips Show Graph Click this button to generate the income analysis depending on the values you have chosen above Grouped by Type Select this tab to show you the income analysis grouped by the receipt type For further help with receipt types please see Payment and Receipt Types Grouped by Accounts Select this tab to show you the income analysis grouped by the accounts the receipts have been posted against For further help with accounts please see General Ledger of Accounts Grouped by This tab changes depending on the value selected in the Filter Income field For example if you have filtered the Asset Classes income only then this tab will display
43. Assets gt Buy and Manage gt select asset class or through the shortcuts on the Main Menu shown in the middle of the screen when MySF Manager is open 4 1 Recording purchases of assets in the current financial period When you add a current year purchase through one of the Add Manage Assets screen in MySF Manager the software will automatically create the asset record an account in the General Ledger to represent the asset and a transaction to record the accounting effects of the purchase All of this is automated and there is no need to manually calculate cost base or manually create accounts or process transactions DR lt account of the asset gt cost base CR lt bank account selected gt cost base lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 308 If you are liable for some consumption taxes which can be reclaimed later these will be a DR to the paid account of the selected tax and a CR to the bank account For further information on cost base please see the next section When you sell an asset or part thereof MySF Manager will decrease the number of units in that particular holding and post a transaction to reflect the accounting effect of the sale The transaction created is DR lt bank account selected gt net proceeds from sale CR lt account of the asset gt cost base per unit number of units sold CR lt capital gains gt net proceeds from sale cos
44. CML ox 3 000 00 70 122 00 13 497 65 92 448 00 22 029 00 24 500 00 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 178 7 3 Show Yield on Users select a specific Asset an Asset Class Asset Category from the Asset Allocation Table or the entire fund Users can also select to look at the yield on a member Include Based on the value selected in the first field the display in this field will vary If Asset Class is chose in the first field then a list of all valid Asset Classes are displayed To select a value for inclusion in the graphical display Hold the CRTL key and click on the value with the mouse We suggest you limit the list to a maximum of 6 values Date Beginning to Date Ending The date range selection will default from the beginning of the current financial year through to the current date This can be changed if required MySF Manager will select any transactions for the period selected to apply in the calculation of the yield for the selected item Current Cost or Historical Cost This selection allows the user to calculate the yield of an asset based on either the Current Value of the Asset or Historical Cost Value As At If Current Cost is chosen the user is prompted to enter the valuation date to be used The date will default to the first day of the current Financial Year which will therefore give the yield based on the year end rollover valuation Click
45. Captal Gain Adjustments Change in Market Value of Assets Depreciation of Assets Member Position Member Alocations 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Asset Segregation T View B 1S B A El e S F E ET IE E LE Report generation complete Please click Next New dates will be stored to reflect the new financial year You can view the new dates under Configuration gt Settings gt Financials tab At any stage of the year end wizard that feel you have made a mistake you can click Cancel to end the wizard and return to the fund prior year end Reverse Year End Rollover Menu Superfund Administration gt Reverse Rollover Ea Note You can only reverse year end processes that have been completed using MySF Manager version 6 0 0 and later All rollover s completed prior to version 6 0 0 cannot be reversed using this feature lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 260 9 1 a Reverse Year End Process Reverse Year End Process This screen enables you to reverse year end processes that were completed using MySF Manager version 6 0 0 or above Reversing a year end process negates all effects of the year end by reversing transactions and deleting reports Please note that reversal is permanent and cannot be undone ff you wish to keep one or more reports from the year end being reversed then you should save or print copies of those reports before p
46. Chaikin Oscillator Commodity Channel Index Detrended Price Oscillator Ease of Movement Moving Average Convergence Divergence Mass Index Momentum Money Flow Index Negative Volume Index On Balance Volume Percentual Rate of Change Performance Positive Volume Index Price and Volume Trend Rate of Change Relative Strength Index Standard Deviation Lanes Stochastics TRIX Vertical Horizontal Filter Volatility Chaikin s Volume Oscillator Williams R Drawing Features Gann Fan Fibonacci Arcs Fibonacci Fans Fibonacci Retracements Fibonacci Time Zones Midpoint Tirone Mean Tirone Speed Resistance Lines Quadrant Lines Trend Line lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 192 Click Exit to close the Technical Analysis screen 7 8 1 Price Studies 7 8 1 1 Bollinger Bands Bollinger Bands are price study type technical trading tool created in the 1980 s by John Bollinger They arose from the need for adaptive trading bands and the observation that volatility was dynamic not static as was widely believed at the time The purpose of Bollinger Bands is to provide a relative definition of high and low as shown by the upper and lower bands The use of Bollinger bands can aid in pattern recognition and in comparing price action and indicator action to arrive at trading decisions Bollinger Bands consist of a set of curves drawn in relation to sha
47. Click Exit to close the Asset Values vs Investment Strategy screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 185 MySF Manager User Manual 7 7 Benchmarks amp Indices When running market value of assets charts in MySF Manager you can compare the performance of your assets against a benchmark To benchmark against a selected security select the stock exchange and enter the share code To compare against an index please select None for stock exchange and enter the code of the index For further help with the Market Value of Assets screen please see Market Value of Assets Please click the links below to go to a partial list of indices which may be used when benchmarking For example to compare with Dow Jones Composite Index enter DJA into the Code field USA e Americas Asia Pacific Europe Africa and Middle East 7 7 1 USA Dow Jones ADJA Dow Jones Composite Index 65 Composite ADJI Dow Jones Industrial Average Index 30 Industrials ADJT Dow Jones Transportation Average 20 Transportation ADJU Dow Jones Utilities Index 15 Utilities NYSE ANYA New York Composite Index ANIN NYSE International 100 ANTM NYSE TMT ANUS NYSE US 100 ANWL NYSE World Leaders ATV N NYSE Volume in 000 s NASDAQ AIXBK NASDAQ Banks ANBI NASDAQ Biotechnology AIXIC NASDAQ Composite AIXK
48. Expense Enter the account Number Wherever possible this should use the sort of numbering convention included in MySF Manager This is a text entry which will be used to display the name of the account Select a valid Summary account from the list provided Select the account to rollover this account at the end of the Financial year All Detail Accounts must have a value in this field For Asset Members and Liability Accounts the value will be the new account itself Expense and Revenue accounts will generally rollover to the Profit and Loss The exception is if there is an account with a member sub account in this case it should rollover to a corresponding account in the members equity For further help with this please see General Tips Indicates whether or not the account will be considered assessable for income tax purposes MySF Manager uses a sub account structure for both assets and members The sub account allows information to be captured and stored at a low level This provides for more flexibility in reporting Select one only of asset or member As for asset Above Only applies to member accounts Allows you to select from Unrestricted non preserved restricted non preserved and preserved Allows you to tag a series of notes to this account from the account notes area See Configuration gt Notes to Accounts For further help using Notes to Accounts please see Notes to the Accounts Accounts that record informatio
49. For more detailed ledger transaction reports see the Report Tool See the following screen for an example 2 Ledger CBA 123455 Select date range S 107 2006 to 30 106 7 2007 V Include reversed transactions Display results Reporting on the transactions for CBA 123455 Credit 2 150 00 0 00 2 150 00 0 00 2 015 00 0 00 2 150 00 0 00 1 188 00 0 00 234 50 0 00 218 15 0 00 2 150 00 0 00 0 00 1212 35 Adding Accounts to the General Ledger Accounts can be added at any time however it is important to understand the impact of any change you make A number of accounts are used internally by MySF Manager to process transactions automatically Generally the accounts used by MySF Manager are defined in separate tables and these can be changed if necessary Adding new Revenue or Expense accounts will be common and should not interfere at all with any processing lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 265 MySF Manager User Manual lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 266 Reporting Type Account Type Account Number Account Name Parent Number Rollover to Taxable Asset Account Member Account Preservation Type Notes Select either Detail or Summary Only Detail Accounts can have transactions charged against them Select one of Asset Liability Equity ie Members Income or
50. Index parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the positive volume index Start value for positive volume index Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 212 a c gt lH ale E a Hl Qo Aaly BY Prices Studies On Balance Volume 30 Percentual Rate Of Change Performance Price And Volume Trend Rate Of Change Volume Relative Strength Index 4 j il j dl k Lak J D crewing Features 0 Positive Volume Index 40 ee ery Positive Yume Index 080 AAS Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Start Value 1000 Perform On ClosePrice RIO HB Volume Pi Pvi Moving Average 7 8 2 16 Price and Volume Trend Price and volume trend is a cumulative total of volume adjusted according to relative changes in closing prices It is similar to the on balance volume technical study and the accumulation distribution indicator but price and volume trend is considered to be a more accurate indicator of the flow of money When the price changes by a small percentage price and volume trend adds only a small portion of volume to the indicator Conversely when there is a significant change in price a large portion of the volume is added to the price and volume trend indicator A falling price and volume trend may signal that money is flowing out
51. Lal J D crewing Fosturee 0 _ Average True Range ET Dar ms a Aversge Tris Renge Periods 14 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO M Volume Average True Range 7 8 2 3 Chaikin Oscillator Chaikin Oscillator is a technical study that is related to the accumulation distribution line and used to predict changes in the accumulation distribution line The assertion of the accumulation distribution line is that the degree of buying or selling pressure can be quantified by the location of the close in relation to the high and low for the period Buying pressure is signalled by the share closing in the upper half of the range and selling pressure is indicated by a share closing in the lower half of the range Chaikin Oscillator is the moving average convergence divergence indicator MACD applied to the accumulation distribution line The formula is the difference between the short period exponential moving average and the long period exponential moving average of the accumulation distribution line Chaikin Oscillator parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Short period length days Long period length days Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 201 MySF Manager User Manual a c gt e ale E a Hle Qo Aaly BY Prices Studies 100 Accumulation Distribution 90 Ave
52. MBL MBL o CBA 123455 350 00 4110 Distributions Received Browse Reset Distribution details Help wth components 350 00 150 00 100 00 0 00 0 00 To add a new quick distribution 1 Select whether the distribution is a Cash Distribution or a Reinvestment from the right of the screen What was selected from the main menu will be automatically selected here 2 You will be shown the screen above Please fill in all required fields for your distribution Descriptions of each field are listed below a If you don t have all the details of your distribution place a tick in the Enter details later box in the middle of this screen b Select the payor which the distribution was received from by clicking Browse near the top of the screen The asset code and exchange fields will be filled in automatically c Enter the amount received for the distribution in the Total distribution amount field d Select the income account to use by clicking Browse Click Reset if the income account selected is incorrect This field will be automatically filled upon entry to this screen e If you are recording this distribution using the Enter detail later option then you can access it at a later time by going to Asset Utilities gt Complete Past Dividends Distributions For further help with this screen please see Complete Past Dividends Distributions 3 Click Save to process the distribution and create the General Journal
53. Manager to provide this level of flexibility The MySF Manager programs need to know which account to use for certain functions For example when selling shares it is important to know the account numbers for Taxable Capital Gain and Non Taxable Capital Gain The Account Reference Table establishes this link and no accounts in MySF Manager are then fixed 2 Account Reference Table Account Reference Table Maintain the table of accounts to be used for tax and reporting General Accounts Members Liabilty Members Equity Accounts Members Income Accounts Members Expense Accounts Physical Assets Parent 1400 Physical Assets Physical Assets Accumulated Depreciation 1500 Accumulated Depreciation Financial Assets Parent 1150 Financial Assets Capital Gains Taxable 4400 Capaal Gains Losses Taxable 4500 Capaal Gains Losses Non Taxable 5145 Depreciation 5146 Depreciation Non Taxable 3905 ETP Clearing 2300 PAYG Payable 4117 Dividend Reinvestment 3505 Proft and Loss 2120 Income Tax Payable 2210 imputation Credit Tax Rebate ETETETT j FRRRRRRRRRRRE The Account Reference Table comes pre loaded so that MySF Manager knows which account to use We would suggest that you do not make changes to the Account Reference Table Changing the Chart of Accounts can have significant consequences and we would certainly urge users lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 268 9 3
54. Movement Moving Average Convergence Divergencd 80 Mass Index j Momentum Money Flow Index uia Volume Negative Volume Index st j On Balance Volume Moving Average Convergence Divergence Drawing Features j Moving Average Convergence Divergence Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Long Period 26 R Short Period 12 du M Volume Signal Period 9 HB MACD Divergence MACD Perform On ClosePrice MACD Signal 7 8 2 8 Mass Index Mass index is a technical indicator used to predict trend reversals It is based on the notion that there in a tendency for reversal when the price range widens and therefore compares previous trading ranges highs minus lows Mass index is calculated by determining the exponential moving average over a certain number of periods and the exponential moving average of this average to arrive at a double average then summing the ratio of these two over a given amount of days default value 25 A so called reversal bulge may be a sign of trend reversal regardless of the trend s direction The bulge occurs when the mass index reaches 27 0 and then falls below 26 or 26 5 Other technical indicators are usually used to determine whether this is a buy or sell signal Mass Index parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the mass index default value 25 Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au
55. NASDAQ Computer AIXF NASDAQ Financial 100 AIXID NASDAQ Industrial AIXIS NASDAQ Insurance AIXQ NASDAQ NNM Composite AIXFN NASDAQ Other Finance lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 186 AIXUT AIXTR ANDX ATV O S amp P AOEX AMID AGSPC ASML ASPSUPX Other US AXAX ATIX ii ANWX AXMI APSE ASOXX ARUI ARUT ARUA ADOT ADWC Treasury ATYX ATNX AFVX AIRX Commodities ADJS2 ADJC AXAU 7 7 2 Americas NASDAQ Telecommunications NASDAQ Transportation NASDAQ 100 NASDAQ Volume in 000 s S amp P 100 Index S amp P Midcap Index S amp P 500 Index S amp P 600 SmallCap 1500 SuperComp AMEX Composite AMEX Internet AMEX Networking Major Market Pacific Exchange Technology Philadelphia Semiconductor Russell 1000 Russell 2000 Russell 3000 TSC Internet Wilshire 5000 TOT 30 Year Bond 10 Year Note 5 Year Note 13 Week Bill Dow Jones Industrial Average Settle Dow Jones AIG Commodity Philadelphia Gold amp Silver Major World Indices AMERV ABVSP AGSPTSE AMXX _ AGSPC MerVal Argentina Bovespa Brazil S amp P TSX Composite Canada IPC Mexico 500 Index United States lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 187 MySF Manager User Manual 7 7 3 Asia Pacific Major World Indices ASSEC Shanghai Composi
56. Once you have finished editing the financial asset with all relevant and accurate information please click Update to finalise the changes made to the financial asset Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Financial Asset Editor screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 111 MySF Manager User Manual 4 13 5 1 Transaction Correction This utility appears when MySF Manager detects that a particular transaction is out of balance You will be asked to select where to allocate the variance amount shown in the field on the left of the window to bring the transaction into balance Simply select either Increase or Decrease next to the specific account that will bring the transaction into balance Once the transaction is balanced and you are happy with it please click Proceed to next transaction If any other transactions are out of balance MySF Manager will display the same window again and you will need to increase or decrease a particular account to continue as completed previously Transaction Correction Transaction This Transaction has been detected as being out of balance Please select where to allocate the Variance amount shown below to bring the Transaction into balance and continue processing Acc Number Account Name Debt 1151 BHP 03 02 2006 5 106 00 151 BHP 04 04 2006 4 387 50 1151 BHP 13 09 2005 6 141
57. Record minutes of fund meetings Managing Assets Add manage or sel physical or financial assets Manage areas such as depreciation tenants revaluations and regular receipts Browse amp Update Managing Cash Product Updates from MySF Online Record receipts payments or jounal entries as well as pedorming bank reconcilations or GST related functions Reporting amp Analysis Pim Setup Generate standard financial reports or members reports and analyse the ia View and Eda Accounts performance of the fund in terms of yield and asset allocation Business Cards etc 2 Data Import and Export 2 1 Import Bank Statement Menu Home gt Import Data gt Import Bank Statement 1 Use your browser Internet Explorer Firefox Safari etc to log in to your internet banking 2 Select the relevant account 3 Export your data into QIF format This format is often referred to as Quicken or Quicken Interchange Format 4 Save the file to your computer preferably not into a MySF directory 5 Open your fund in MySF Manager and go to Cash and Bank Accounts gt Bank statement import 6 Click on the Browse button near the top of the screen next to the Select file for import field 7 Select the file you saved in step 5 above and click OK 8 Select the bank account of your fund to which these transactions relate from the Select bank account selection box 9 Click on the Open selected file button You should find that a
58. Revaluations Menu Asset Utilities gt Revaluation Table Managing your assets involves looking at current value of your assets not just the traditional Accounting and Tax approach that depreciates the Asset over its Useful Life MySF Manager allows you to look at your assets either on a Historical Cost basis or Current Value MySF Manager allows any asset regardless of type to be revalued at any time without impacting on the Tax and Accounting calculations For Shares listed on the 50 default stock exchanges this process can be done automatically using share price data retrieved by MySF Manager via a website this disclosed website may not update specific share prices for any amount of time In these cases it is advised that you revalue your specific financial asset manually or it can be done manually For other assets such as Property or International Shares you have the ability to key the new Current Value with date and reference directly into MySF Manager At the end of each Financial Year it is a requirement that all Assets are revalued to Market Value In Year End Processing Menu Superfund Administration gt Start Rollover users are prompted to enter the current value of each asset The revaluation will be recorded as at 30 June and will be compared with the Opening Written Down Value of the Asset as at 1 July in the previous year The difference in the value will result in a journal entry DR Increase in Market Value of Investm
59. To delete an entry click on Remove next to the entry you wish to delete When finished click on Save to file away changes made to the Asset Allocation Categories Asset Categories are a different way of viewing the Assets owned by the fund When an Asset is added within a specific Asset Class it can be Allocated to Asset Categories on a different basis Asset Categories are also User Defined however we would suggest that your Advisor would be the best person to provide you with a list of what you should define based on your Risk profile and the type of fund you own lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 279 MySF Manager User Manual Gi Asset Allocation Table Asset Allocation Table Category Percentage Cash 0 00 Fixed Interest Australan 0 00 Fixed Interest Intemational 0 00 Property Shares Australian 0 00 0 00 This reference file is used whenever an asset is added Users are prompted to enter the percentage of the asset to allocate against each of the categories in the file Many assets will be 100 against a single category whereas others which are more a composite of multiple assets may be allocated across 3 or 4 separate categories To add more categories from the Asset Allocation Categories editor screen click on Add New which will bring up a new field with Default n as the name which can be edited There are no restrictions to how many Asset Allocation Categories
60. Total to allocate Details Franked Amount Income Account Is there a tax withheld amount Distribute gross amount Tax withheld Imputation credit Percent Franked Memo Unfranked amount Please select the asset that you wish to enter component details for Is the asset selected above a dividend or distribution Select the appropriate one Any past dividends or distributions whose component details are to be recorded later will show up in this area depending on the previous two selections Place a tick in the boxes of the dividends or distributions received for this asset that you would like to enter the component details for This will be filled automatically depending on the dividends or distributions included above that need to be filled out If this amount is incorrect please check the details of the dividend or distribution using the Cash Receipt screen Enter the franked amount Select the account to apply to this component by clicking Browse These are editable from the General Ledger of Accounts page For further help with this please see General Ledger of Accounts If so place a tick in this box Place a tick in this box if you want to distribute the gross amount across each component of the dividend or distribution Enter the amount of tax withheld Enter the imputation credit amount This field is filled automatically once you fill the next field with a value If you do not wish for i
61. User Name and Password you entered at the time of the initial purchase These details were emailed to you when you purchased MySF Manager lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 10 1 3 1 4 E3 Note If you purchased MySF Manager Professional Advisor Edition please use the same details that you had when you tried to activate MySF Manager but this time select MySF Professional from the list next to the Activate as field Software Updates Menu Home gt Check for Updates If you have purchased Software Updates from MySF you can check whether or not there are new software updates available for MySF Manager at any time by going to Home gt Check for Updates MySF Manager will connect to MySF Online verify that you have access to software updates and display the details of the most recent update You may receive a warning message that MySF Manager is trying to connect to the Internet If you are given a choice please choose Allow otherwise the checking for updates process cannot be completed If you are given an error message that MySF Manager has not been able to connect to the Internet but you are sure that your computer is currently connected please check for security software that may be silently blocking the connection attempt from MySF Manager to MySF Online After the details of the software update have been displayed you can select whether or not you wish to downlo
62. and the Classic main menu You can switch between the two menus by going to the Display Settings Tab in Configuration gt Settings and selecting the menu of your choice For further help with this please see Settings This screen is the hub of MySF Manager You can reach most of the important functionality as well as view current information about your fund Standard Main Menu The Standard main menu is divided into 3 main sections Tasks Analysis Dashboard Dynamic Content When you add or edit data for the fund these sections will update themselves according to the values you have changed For example if you were to add a new physical asset worth 250 000 then the total value shown on the main menu would change to 250 000 plus any existing assets in the fund MySF Dashboard Quick Menu Main Manu Asset Allocation amp Cash Row Investment Strategy amp Compliance Make this my defaut menu Define your investment strategy including planned asset allocations Record minutes of fund meetings Manage Assets Add manage or sel physical or financial assets Manage areas such as Please fill out our 3 question survey depreciation tenants revalustions and regular receipts to help us improve MySF Manager Manage Cash Record receipts payments or joumal entries as well as performing Visit the Member Forums bank reconcilations or GST related functions Reporting amp Analysis Setup h Generate standard financial repo
63. are added or how many times a category name is modified Asset Categories can be changed at any time however be aware that a change will be reflected for all existing assets as well as new assets If the change you make is to add additional categories then it is advisable to revisit the allocation for all existing assets to confirm that they are still correct Click Exit to close the Asset Allocation Categories editor screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 280 9 6 Exchanges Menu Configuration gt Exchanges You can add multiple exchanges for use in MySF Manager Setting up the exchanges here will give you access to them whenever MySF Manager asks you to select an exchange Please note that the default list of exchanges are only available to retrieve price and technical data from our online source If you add a new exchange to this list you will not be able to retrieve information automatically for it 2 Exchanges Australian Stock Exchange E Exchanges New York Stock Exchange NASDAQ Stock Exchange American Stock Exchange Amsterdam Stock Exchange Buenos Aires Stock Exchange Barcelona Stock Exchange Berlin Stock Exchange Bilbao Stock Exchange Bremen Stock Exchange Bombay Stock Exchange Chicago Board of Trade Chicago Mercantile Exchange New York Commodities Exchanae _
64. asked to enter a monetary value in any field you can use MySF Manager s foreign exchange calculator to convert it to or from a different currency While the cursor is in any amount field press Ctrl F on your keyboard Alternatively you can click the blue underlined text Foreign Exchange Calculator lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 20 r Foreign Exchange Calculator Foreign Exchange Calculator Currency amount being converted 2 300 00 Date of Conversion 04 y 11 2009 Convert From USD US Dollar MA Convert To AUD Australian Dollar Z Calculate Direct exchange rate 1 0993 Indirect exchange rate 0 909670 2 300 00 USD in AUD on 4 11 2009 2 528 39 1 Enter the amount you wish to convert in the Currency amount being converted field 2 Enter the date the conversion took place By default today s date is selected For further help with dates please see the top of this page 3 Select the initial currency of the value you wish to convert in the Convert From box 4 Select the currency that you wish to convert the value to in the Convert To box 5 Click Calculate which will automatically retrieve the Direct Exchange Rate and Indirect Exchange Rate according to the date you have selected It will also show you the value of the currency being converted at the bottom 6 The conversion amount is sh
65. asset classes also with an unlimited number of assets in each class Note that all of every asset class details may be modified through the Asset Classes screen under Configuration gt Asset Classes Every asset class may also have a default asset allocation table see next section so you do not need to enter it every time you add an asset to that class though you may modify it if you like Each asset class in MySF Manager can have a set of user defined fields User defined fields are used to lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 307 MySF Manager User Manual 10 4 3 10 4 4 record information that may be unique to a given asset class but is not necessarily relevant to others or not yet included in the software For example if your fund owns artwork you may choose add Artwork as an asset class physical assets and add in user defined fields of Artist Style etc These fields are then displayed on the user interface when you add or manage assets of the Artwork asset class Asset Allocation Categories Asset allocation categories represent the categories of investments where the capital of the fund ends up when purchasing a given asset In effect the asset allocation categories measure the exposure of the portfolio of assets to different asset allocation categories When you set up a new fund in MySF Manager the software will load a default set of asset allocation categories You can mod
66. back to the formula value using the Reset member Allocations button on the bottom of the screen Actuarial Percentages Gi Member Allocation Table Member Allocation Table Manage each member s allocation of the superannuation fund Accounts Allocations Actuarial Calculations ID Name MMO0001 John Smith MM0002 Sally Sm h When a members moves into Pension Mode the portion of the income of the fund which is used to pay the pension of the member is not subject to income tax There are 2 techniques that can be used to calculate the amount to be exempted and they will both result with a percentage of the funds income being calculated as being Tax Free The Segregated Asset technique will use the amount of income generated by specific segregated assets assigned to a member as a proportion of the total income of the fund as a percentage If the user chooses to use an Actuarial Percentage to calculate the amount this need to be entered directly into the Members Allocation Table on the screen above In the case above 35 00 of the income of the fund will be exempted from Tax because John is in Pension mode and the Actuarial Percentage technique is being used Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Member Allocation Table screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 249 MySF Manager User Manual 8 9 Year End Rollover Wizard Menu
67. become 15 54 0 31 15 23 The number of units would not change remaining at 1000 units When adding this asset through the Add Manage Asset screen you would enter 15 23 into the Cost per unit field and enter 1 000 for Number of Units Purchased Other fields such as brokerage should stay blank The opening balance of the asset s account would be 15 23 x 1 000 15 230 If you had then sold 100 units of XYZ from this holding say in 2001 then the cost base would not have changed still 15 23 as a result of the tax deferred income above but the number of units would have fallen to 1 000 100 900 units Therefore the cost base per unit would be 15 23 and the number of units 900 When adding this asset through the Add Manage Asset screen you would enter 15 23 into the Cost per unit field and enter 900 for Number of Units Purchased Other fields such as brokerage should stay blank The opening balance of the asset s account would be 15 23 x 900 13 707 It is also important to note here that profits or losses from a sale do not impact the cost base of the asset Note that any activity on the asset in the current financial period should be excluded from these calculations as that activity would not influence the opening balance for this period When adding assets purchased in past financial periods please enter the cost per unit and number of units as per the description above This will enable MySF Manager to automaticall
68. can be exported lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 57 MySF Manager User Manual 1 Export AE Export Financial Assets Export your asset transactions to a CSV file Please select the locaion for the export C MySF Export Transactions Tuesday 18 September 2007 csv Export Options Please enter the date range for the export Froen 01 7107 7 2006 To 30 706 7 2007 Asset Class 011 Shares v Assets MBL v V include Asset Purchases 7 Include Asset Sales V Include Dividends and Distributions To export your financial asset events 1 Select the location you wish to export the events to by clicking Browse 2 Enter the date range of financial asset events you wish to include in the export For further help with date ranges please see General Tips 3 Select the asset class you would like to include in the export from the drop down box If you would like to include all the financial asset events select All Financial Assets otherwise select a specific financial asset 4 If you have selected a specific asset class above select the specific asset you wish to include in the export here 5 Click Ok to continue with the export to the desired location Click Exit to close the Export Financial Assets screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Managing Assets At the centre of MySF Manager is the definition and mana
69. can proceed a progress bar will appear displaying the name of the fund currently being processed and the name of the report being prepared Progress Performing Final Steps _ Initializing LLLI After the report generation is completed the reports will be displayed on screen exported to a file or both as defined under the Define Criteria Tab located under the Report Options For further help using the report functionality please see General Tips Click Exit to close the Batch Reporting Utility screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 7 Analysis and Insight 7 1 Yield Analysis Menu Analysis and Insight gt Yield Analysis The Yield delivered by an asset can be calculated by MySF Manager and viewed as an on screen report or in graphical format using Yield Analysis Graphs lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 175 MySF Manager User Manual 7 Yield Analysis Yield Analysis Measure and compare yield performance of fund assets Current Cost Historical Whole Fund v 01 7107 7 12003 All assets isted below fo al 1 include ther improvements J applicable era i 30 7 106 2004 FF List all revenues 30 06 7 2004 Show amount 472 417 95 List al expenses View report 91 473 71 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 176
70. colours the next time you open MySF Manager click save colours from the top right of the chart area You can also edit the colours of the bars in the Settings menu Configuration gt Settings You can change the location of the legend if you have it turned on on the charts Right click the legend which will show you a list of available locations for the legend Select your desired location to lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 15 MySF Manager User Manual move it there The charts also enable you to edit their titles Right click the title of the chart and enter your desired title From this menu you can also edit the font and colour of the title Below is a list of the buttons shown with the charts a E wi Se Le 2 lt gt x aAa t gt 2A w Export Data Personalized Charts Save this chart or load a previously saved chart Copy to Clipboard Copy the chart to the clipboard so you can paste it into another file Print Opens the print dialog and allows you to print the chart Gallery Select the type of chart to show The type of chart is depicted to the left of the list button Anti Aliasing Turn anti aliasing on or off Palette Selector Choose the colours you want to associate with your chart 3D 2D Select 2D to show the chart in two dimensions or 3D to show it in three dimensions Rotated View Moves the chart around the X axis
71. cost base of the asset The Balance Sheet Statement of Financial Position lists the balances of asset liability and equity accounts Therefore the balance shown next to an account connected to an asset should always be equal to its cost base Some investment management companies send their members documents which show investments with beginning values end values and increases or simply list assets and their current market values While these documents are sometimes referred to as a Balance Sheet by the issuing company they are in fact not a Balance Sheet at all Customizable asset reports showing market values yield and weights within a portfolio can be produced through the Report Tool of MySF Manager Please note that we also provide an option to show a Balance Sheet with assets at market value which will also add an entry under equity for provision for increase in market value to ensure that it remains in balance but this is not a Balance Sheet in the accounting sense How Cost Base Can Change There are a small number of specific events that can bring about a change in the cost base of an asset These events fall into three categories First the fund may be given some form of tax deferred income from an investment Typical examples of such income include capital returns to members by a company or tax deferred components of distributions paid by a company Capital returns received from companies are a form of tax deferred income
72. data entered or imported matches that defined in a file This is done by reading the file that describes an existing portfolio of assets comparing it to the portfolio in MySF Manager and reporting the differences in a table The file you are importing from should contain a list of asset codes total number of units owned for that asset total cost sum of cost bases and total market value If cost and market value totals are not available you can also use a column to indicate cost base per unit and market value per unit instead The file types which can be imported are delimited text files or Microsoft Excel files Delimited text files contain rows of data and within each row every piece of information is separated by a defined character such as a comma or tab These files can be written in and opened with simple text editors such as Windows Notepad MySF Manager is capable of importing them The following table will outline an example CSV file that is in the correct format Please ensure that your CSV files are similar to the table below O Important Please note that your CSV files need to be set in a particular format before lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 47 MySF Manager User Manual Type Code Trade Value Trade Qty Trade Price Brokerage DV BHP 1 405 83 4300 0 33 0 00 SELL BHP 101 096 77 3600 28 09 27 23 DVR QAN
73. date o Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun i2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 8 the financial assets Please select a date to revalue all 11 Beg 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 _ Today 12 06 2007 Revalue assets for selected date Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Asset Revaluation Table screen 42 Bonus Share Allocations Menu Asset Utilities gt Bonus Unit Issues The Bonus Share Allocation utility is used to add bonus shares to existing shares owned by the fund Bonus Shares are additional shares a shareholder receives wholly or partly as a dividend If you acquire the bonus shares on or after the 20th of September 1985 then the date of acquisition is deemed to be the date you acquired the original shares The cost base or the Reduced Cost base as in 1988 assets is calculated by apportioning the amounts paid for the original shares and the bonus shares This effectively results in a reduction in the cost base of the original shares lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 93 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Bonus Share Allocation Bonus Share Allocation BHP 13 09 2005 BHP 02 11 2005 BHP 03 02 2006 BHP 04 04 2006 Asset Class Asset Effective Date Number of Bonus Units Units Allocated 63 000000 0 000000 Select the Asset Class for the Shares from the drop down list Select the Share Code from
74. default value 10 Start value for negative volume index calculation Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 209 MySF Manager User Manual Volume Negative Volume Index a A olu mja aH 2p Aaly x Prices Studies Ease Of Movement Moving Average Convergence Divergence Mass Index Momentum Money Flow Index V Negative Volume Index On Balance Volume Drawing Features Negative Volume Index Periods 10 Start Value 1000 Perform On ClosePrice 7 8 2 12 On Balance Volume On balance volume is a technical indicator use to detect momentum Its calculation relates volume to price change Shifts in the on balance volume indicator can signal a change of trend by showing whether volume is flowing in or out of a given share On balance volume attempts to detect when a share is being accumulated by a large number of buyers or sold by many sellers Investors sometimes use an upward sloping on balance volume indicator to confirm an uptrend while a downward sloping on balance volume indicator is used to confirm a downtrend A downward sloping on balance volume indicator coupled with an upward trend in the price of an asset may suggest that investors are starting to exit their positions and that a shift in trend may be coming On Balance Volume parameters and customisation in My
75. each asset on each line of the Quick Add screen you will need to repeat steps 4 5 and 6 above year you will be prompted at the end of the addition of all the assets to generate opening balances for those assets For further help with the loading opening balances screen please see Loading Opening Balances O Note If you have added to the screen any assets outside the funds current financial Fields Code Enter the code to be used to identify the asset The code whether exchange listed or not will be used as the group header or parent of all assets added with the same code Purchase Date Enter the purchase date of the asset For further help with date fields please see General Tips Cost per Unit Enter the cost per unit of the asset Number of Units Enter the number of units owned of the asset being added Brokerage Enter the amount of brokerage or other purchase costs which should be capitalised Tax Type From the drop down box select the tax type to be used for expenses Tax Amount This is a calculated value based on the brokerage fee times tax rate for the selected tax Capitalised Cost This is a calculated amount It is the amount to be capitalised against the asset account Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Quick Add screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 90 4 1 Asset Utilities Asset
76. effective date Pension Mode When one of the members moves to pension mode the fund is exempt from tax on that portion of the funds income which is used to pay the members pension There are two ways that can be used to determine the calculation of the percentage of income to be exempt from Using segregated assets all income from certain assets allocated to a member can be used as a percentage of the total income of the fund The second technique is to assign an actuarial percentage This is done in Menu Superfund Administration gt Members Allocation Table See Pension Processing for more detail 3 Folders lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 291 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Settings Settings Maritain system settings Fund Settings Financial Folders Realised Captal Losses Display Settings C SampleFund Browse Reset C SampleFund Backup Browse Reset Attachment directory C SampleFund Attachments Browse Reset Note changing the attachments directory wil automatically transfer attachment files trom the old attachments folder to the new attachments folder The third tab on the settings screen is used to define the location of the MySF Manager files either on your PC or on a network server If the directory defined under fund directory does not match the directory where the fund has been opened from you will be shown a fund may have been moved message when you open the fun
77. entries automatically lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 129 MySF Manager User Manual Process Continue with the following transaction 2 DR 1101 CBA 123455 350 00 DR 2210 CR 4110 Loves Jn 4 Click Exit to close the Quick Add Distribution screen Fields lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 130 Date Payor Asset Code Exchange Enter details later Deposit to account Total distribution amount Income account to use Distribution details Franked amount Imputation credit Franking percentage Unfranked amount Tax withheld Distribute gross amount Enter the date of the transaction The date must be in the current financial year and should not be future dated This uses the browse and select function Click on the Browse link and either select a payor from the business card file or add a new business card For further help with the business card picker please see Business Cards Select the asset to which this transaction relates Information recorded here is used by the Analysis tools in MySF Manager to produce yield analysis for assets Enter the code to be used to identify the asset The Code whether exchange listed or not will be used as the group header or parent of all assets added with the same code Select which exchange the asset belongs to o
78. events will be used to create an Opening Balance entry After all transactions for prior years have been imported you will be shown an Opening Balances screen where you can complete and Process and Opening Balance Transaction You may choose not to complete the Opening Balance at this time When you click Exit on the Opening Balances screen the import process will continue When importing current financial year events General Journal transactions are created as appropriate On completion of the import process an information message is displayed to advise you how many events have been imported and how many have been skipped A complete report of events and how they were handled is compiled during the import process This report is displayed when the import process is finished MySF Manager will attempt to export the import report to PDF format into the directory of the fund At the conclusion of the import process you will be shown a message to advise you of the location of this file Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 46 2 3 Import to Verify Portfolio Menu Home gt Import Data gt Import to Verify Portfolio This function has been added to allow the comparison of a portfolio existing in MySF Manager to one that is described in a file The main use of this functionality would be to verify that
79. exponential moving average the latest few days dominate and the exponential moving average follows recent prices quite closely However applying it three times results in weighting s spread much more broadly and the weights for the latest few days are in fact smaller than those of days further past Trix parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating TRIX Number of periods to use in calculating TRIX moving average Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a c gt mja e aH Qo Aa GY Prices Studies Relative Strength Index Standard Deviation Lanes Stochastics an Yertical Horizontal Fitter Volatility Chaikin s Volume Volume 4000 y gt bid hail 4 f r k Lak Mi cr 0 ee ee TRIX 0 Periods 12 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Signal Period 9 Perform On ClosePrice 7 8 2 22 Vertical Horizontal Filter The vertical horizontal filter is a technical indicator that determines whether prices are in a trending phase or a congestion phase The vertical horizontal filter compares the sum of a one period rate of change to the range between high and low prices over the specified period The age old problem for many trading systems is their inability to determine if a trending or trading range market is at hand Trend following indicators such as moving average convergence divergence and moving averages tend to be whipsawed as markets ente
80. file you wish to restore is correct click Yes if not click No and select a different backup file lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 297 MySF Manager User Manual Confirm Restore Are ruame you want to restore MySF Sample Fund from C SampleFund BadupMySF Sample Fund D12 6 2007 T12 5 m to C SampleFund Please note that if you proceed with this restoration your fund file in C SampleFund wil be overwritten and cannot be undone Do you want to proceed Ce JC rw This backup process will take some time depending on the size of the fund being restored and how many attachments are included with that fund MySF Manager will decompress the entity from the ZIP file which was compressed during a backup to save space on your computer If you do not wish to continue with restoring a backup click Exit to close the Restore Fund screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 10 3 Pension Processing For further help transferring members of the fund to pension mode please see Fund Members The actuarial percentage technique allows the percentage of income to be defined for a member lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 298 Gi Member Allocation Table Member Allocation Table Manage each member s allocation of the superannuation fund Accounts Allocations Actuarial Calculations 35
81. fund at one time Please go to Add Manage Financial Assets if there are further details you wish to add to the assets added on the screen The screen will open and prompt you to select a bank account for the transaction being processed on each line The idea of the quick add screen is to add multiple assets that belong to a specific exchange or no exchange at once The screen will first open with a total of 5 financial asset lines displayed for you to add financial assets to Please click Add Line at the top of the screen if you wish to add more lines i Quick Add 011 Shares DER Quick Add 011 Shares CBA 123455 Aid ine Cost Per Unt Tax Amount Capttalised Cost 23 150000 3 60 7 328 25 27 560000 3 60 7 063 80 53 050000 0 00 25 464 00 7 230000 8 712 00 112 850000 22 570 00 Adding multiple assets 1 Select the bank account you wish to use at the top left of the screen 2 On each line please fill in at least the Code Purchase Date Cost per Unit and Number of Units Details of each field are described below 3 Click Save to process each line on the screen You will be asked to confirm each line as MySF Manager validates and processes them lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 88 Please confirm entries On line number 1 the entries are Code XYZ Exchange name Australian Stock Exchange Purchase date
82. gt Export Data gt Export Fund Data The Export Data functionality enables users of MySF Manager to export their data into CSV or other text based formats so that it can be imported into other software packages The Export screen consists of two areas Setup and Data Formatting lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 51 MySF Manager User Manual 1 Setup 2 Export Data In the Setup area you can define what type s of data you wish to export by ticking any one or more of Accounts Transactions Business Cards Asset Listing under Data to Export After you have selected the data for export please select a delimiter By default the delimiter is a comma but any other can be selected or you may define your own single character delimiter File names can be defined in the top right hand side of this section Please select if you wish to include headers as the first line of the exported files by ticking or unticking the Insert headers as first row box It is usually recommended that you do include headers as this makes it much easier to identify what the significance of each of the columns is There is one preset format that you can export to the MYOB format To automatically set selections to go into this format select MYOB from Data Format if you wish to export to a different format please leave this selection as Select or Standard To assign a destination folder for the
83. import asset history please ensure that you have defined default Asset Allocation tables for any Asset Classes that you wish to import information for This can be done through the Asset Classes screen You will not be able to import Assets into Asset Classes which do not have a default Asset Allocation Table defined and will be shown a warning message similar to the one below when the Import Asset History screen opens Warning The following Asset Classes do not have Default Asset Allocation Tables or their Tables totals are not 100 001 Commercial Property 011 Shares 012 Investment Funds No assets can be imported into these dasses using the automatic import unti Default Asset Allocation tables are added for them Lax As with other new functionality please try Import Asset History using the MySF Manager Sample fund to familiarise yourself with this process Important Please note that your CSV files need to be set in a particular format before Ea MySF Manager is capable of importing them The following table will outline an example CSV file that is in the correct format Please ensure that your CSV files are similar to the table below lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 39 MySF Manager User Manual Type Code Trade Value Trade Qty Trade Price Brokerage DV BHP 1 405 83 4300 0 33 0 00 SELL BHP 101 096 77 3600 28
84. in the Find What field and if the returned match is not what you are looking for clicking the Find Next button again will return the second match and so on Find Text Find what Find Next The zoom button depicted by a pair of blue binoculars with a on top of it and an arrow next to it allows you to properly display the generated report to the magnification that suits you best To do this click the Zoom button and select a magnification The customize option allows you to select a specific magnification between the values of 25 and 400 The default magnifications are shown below lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 18 Page Width Whole Page 400 300 200 150 100 75 50 25 Customize User Defined Values You can add your own customisable values to an asset class that adds detail to your assets when they are added For example if you add a new asset class called Art for further help adding an asset class please see Asset Classes you might want to include the size artist frame type and style This means that when you add a new asset in the art asset class for further help adding assets please see Add Manage Assets you can fill in these values in the User Defined Values section which adds more detail to the asset being added 1 2 3 Open the asset classes screen by going to Configu
85. is shown in the Profit and Loss report of an fund The General Ledger All accounts are organised into a hierarchical structure called the General Ledger There is one top level account for each account type being assets liabilities equity income and expense Under each of them are several child accounts which can in turn have more child accounts Each subsequent level offers a more specific categorisation for assets liabilities equity income or expenses For example one of the child accounts of Income is Operating Income which represents income from the normal course of operations which has several child accounts including Dividends Because dividends can be received as cash or reinvested the Dividends account has two child accounts called Dividends Received and Dividends Reinvested 1 2 Debits Credits and Transactions What is a Debit and what is a Credit In accounting speak a debit is an accounting entry which results in an increase in the level of an account if it is an asset account or expense account and a decrease in the level of a liability equity or income account Its counterpart a credit is an accounting entry which results in a decrease in the level of an account if it is an asset or expense account and an increase in the level of a liability equity or income account Debit DR Credit CR Asset Increase Decrease Liability Decrease Increase Equity Decrease Increase Income Decrease Increase Expense Increase Dec
86. it Select Date EJ January 2007 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 __ Today 31 01 2007 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 12 Attachments MySF Manager is able to attach files to specific things within your fund using the control shown below The files that you can attach can be images movies word documents excel spreadsheets anything you wish For example if you have a tenant in one of your fund s residential properties you may want to add the tenancy agreement document as an attachment This way you can keep everything together within your fund in MySF Manager 1 Wherever you need to attach a file to something within MySF Manager click Browse to locate the file on your computer 2 Once you have found the file you wish to attach select it and click Open Repeat this step until you have attached all the relevant files 3 If you wish to remove an attached file select the file from the attachment list and click Remove When you backup your fund the attachments you specify to be backed up will be saved with the backup All attachments are copied to the backup folder located in the same directory as your fund folder Attach documents Browse Open Remove Account Picker Throughout MySF Manager you will come across fields where you are required to select an account to
87. le payable by the superannuation fund at the rate of tarate gt on contributions received and the income of the fund There has been no change in the tax Amount of income exempt from tax due to pension mode of income subject to tax lt amounttaxable gt Less camed forward losses Provision for tax at darate gt 9 4 Asset Classes Menu Configuration gt Asset Classes lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 275 MySF Manager User Manual Asset classes in MySF Manager are divided into physical assets and financial assets A maximum of 10 of each type can be defined for a fund The asset class is used to classify assets from an accounting perspective in MySF Manager Each asset class is user defined but MySF Manager installs with a small number of predefined asset classes all of which can be changed Users have the ability to define up to 10 physical asset classes and 10 financial asset classes Cash is an asset class of its own and is not displayed in this list To define an asset class click on Oxx Undefined and change its name to something other than Undefined When an asset class is defined an account is added to the General Ledger with that description This is a Summary account When an individual asset is added within that asset class then a detail account is added for the specific asset within the asset class summary account 2 Asset Classes User Defined Values
88. numerical figure without the dollar sign To show negative amounts in brackets instead please tick this box If you wish to export all transactions in good form Debits listed before Credits please tick this box To export transactions within a particular date range only please define that range here If no acceptable date range is defined all transactions will be exported By default all types of transactions are included in the export however if you wish to exclude one or more types please untick them here In these two fields you can define what Debits and Credits will be marked as if that is selected for inclusion when exporting For example you may wish to mark a Debit as Dr or DR In some cases you may wish to add a number of blank columns to the end of the exported file If this is the case please enter a positive value into this field lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 56 Individual marked as Business marked as Males marked as Females marked as Add Blank Columns Asset Listing Show Currency as Numbers Only Show 25 as 0 25 Use Asset Book Value as Net of Depreciation Report as at Add Blank Columns To change how particular attributes of a Business Card are marked when the data is exported please define the markers you would like to have displayed In some cases you may wish to add a number of blank columns to the e
89. of the fund It is important to note that where Segregated Assets which will allocate the income from a specific asset to a specific member have been defined this will be done first by the Year End Rollover process This means that the total profit available for distribution using the Members Allocation Table will be reduced by the amount of the profit related to the Segregated Asset 2 Member Allocation Table Member Allocation Table Manage each member s allocation of the superannuation fund Accounts Allocations Actuarial Calculations Account 2610 Member s Surcharge Liability 3015 Opening Balance Preserved Taxable 3020 Opening Balance Preserved Non Taxable 3025 Opening Balance Unrestricted Non Preserved Taxable 3030 Opening Balance Unrestricted Non Preserved Non Taxable 3035 Opening Balance Restricted Non Preserved Taxable 3040 Opening Balance Restricted Non Preserved Non Taxable 3110 Employer Contributions Preserved 3120 Employer Contributions Undeducted 3130 Employer Contributions Non Preserved 3160 Member Contributions Preserved M M T T The list of accounts displayed are all of the members accounts in the General Ledger These accounts lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 247 MySF Manager User Manual are defined in the Account Reference Table As a default all of the accounts in the list are included in the formulae calculation Users can de
90. or accounts can be added or changed at a later point through the Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Manage bank accounts It is important to add at least one bank account during the setup phase Click Next to continue 3 Fund Member Definition As with all people and businesses members are defined in MySF Manager as a business card They are treated a little differently in the setup process because some details such as date of birth are important for a member If you have already added a member as a normal business card you can select the member through the Browse and Select function and MySF Manager will convert the card to a member automatically In the first screen you are prompted to enter the number of members A SMSF can only have a maximum of four active members and you can select the number of members from the box in the top right of the screen As with all Business Cards use the Browse function to add a new member For further help with this please see General Tips lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 28 Setup Member Setup NN Specify the members of your superannuation fund Be Select the number of Members you want to add to the fund 4 Click here if you would like to change the fund to an APRA Fund and have more than four members Change to APRA None Browse Reset None Browse Reset None Browse Reset None Browse Reset Click Next to
91. post transactions against The account picker allows you to filter through any of the 5 main levels of accounts and select the specific account for the relevant transaction For further information on accounts please see General Ledger Accounts Double clicking on top level accounts in the account picker will expand those top level accounts and show the accounts within them Double clicking a detail account will fill in the field on the previous screen where you needed to select an account to post a transaction against lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 13 MySF Manager User Manual r 7 Please Select an Account to Use z Select Account Fiter No Fiter show alaco v Levels 2 34e Enter account code Use gt 1000 Assets a 1050 Current Assets 5 1100 Cash 1115 Accourts Receivable 1120 Contributions Receivable 1125 Dividends Receivable a 1130 interest Receivable j 1135 Other Curent Assets 1140 Prepaid Expenses 1145 Sundry Debtors 4 1150 Financial Assets 9 1170 Increase in Market Value Financial Asset 4 1200 Fed Assets 1999 Asset Suspense 2000 Labdtes 2100 Current Liabilities 2105 Accounts Payable 2110 GST Payable Refundable If you wish to filter the account picker to only show accounts of a certain type select the type of filter you wish to use in the Filter drop down box You can choose to s
92. record the location of the asset Description Enter any text used to describe the asset in detail Improvements to assets are displayed as a sub asset in the tree structure e g air conditioner on factory above The linking of the base and the improvement is visible at a glance and when selling an asset a user can choose to sell all improvements or separate them out into stand alone assets which remain with the fund Continue to the next step by clicking on the Financial Tab Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Add Manage Physical Asset screen Financial Details Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class gt Financial Tab The second tab in the entry of physical assets relates to the asset s financial details lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 61 MySF Manager User Manual ma Managing 001 Commercial Property CP iiss 001 Commercial Property Factory Man Financials insurance Manager Tenants Attachments Unt of Assets Al Commercial Property Current Date of View and Manage Asset Alocation Table Acquistion 15 0 2003 facio Add Partial Payment Date But Purchase Price ex Tax 295 000 00 Ownership Percentage 100 00 Tax on Purchase Price None Generates Revenue F Tax Amount on Purchase 0 00 Depreciation Required Depreciation Schedule Cost of Acquistion ex Tax 0 00 Setus CURRENT Tax On Cost
93. right hand side of the screen enables you to match up Asset Codes for corresponding codes although this is done automatically wherever possible After you have assigned at least Asset s Exchange Code Asset Total Cost or Asset Unit Cost Asset Total Value or Asset Unit Value Quantity and you have paired up the required Asset Codes between Imported and MySF Manager please proceed to the Verification Results tab 3 Verification Results lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 50 7 import to Verify Portfolio Import to Verify Portfolio Fle and Format Definition Infomation Assignment Verification Resuits Report of Differences lt Show Report Code Quantity Total BHP 8 000 00 BHP x 7 350 00 0 4286 9 00 15 350 00 11 6614 12 081 00 To show a complete list of differences please click on Show Report You will see a table similar to the one on the screenshot above which lists the amounts for simple comparison To view this report in a printable format or export to PDF please click on Print Report Please note that this feature has been added for verification purposes only no transactions are posted anywhere and none of the information in these tabs are saved in MySF Manager Click Exit to close the Import to Verify Portfolio screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 2 4 Exporting Data Menu Home
94. sometimes referred to as the price rate of change A rising rate of change can indicates expanding momentum which is considered bullish Conversely falling rate of change is considered bearish Rate of change should always be used in combination with reversal signals on the price chart Rate of Change parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the rate of change Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 214 a c gt lH ale E a Hl Qo Aaly BY Prices Studies On Balance Volume 30 Percentual Rate Of Change Performance Positive Volume Index Price And Yolume Trend Ji VlRate Of Change anni Volume Relative Strength Index 3 AN Drawing Features 0 PE SR PR ee TES Rate Of Change arn EN et AA NA ee ee Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO HB Volume Rate Of Change 7 8 2 18 Relative Strength Index Relative strength index is a technical momentum indicator that compares the magnitude of recent gains to recent losses in an attempt to determine overbought and oversold conditions of an asset The range for the relative strength index is 0 to 100 An asset is usually deemed to be overbought once it approaches the 70 level This may also indicate that it is getting overvalued and it may signal an upcoming
95. step of the year end offsets any current year losses against current year gains before reapplying the 1 3 discount rule lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 252 Capital Gains Adjustment Unrealised Gains Year End Process Capital Gains Adjustment Summary Detail One Third Rule summary Taxable 2hnes 11 893 33 Apply Loss Adjusted Totals Transactions to apply loss and or adjust gains DR 2799 Camied Forward Capital Losses 5 000 00 DR 4400 999 Capital Gains Losses Taxable Adjustment 3 333 33 DR 4500 999 Capital Gains Losses Non Taxable Adjustment 1 666 67 Total amourt of losses from previous years which will be caried forward again to the net financial year 0 00 During the year the software cannot know whether there will be additional gains or losses from sales at a later point in time so each sale is treated as an individual event However at the end of the year any losses must be used to offset against the gains and then the rule is reapplied This way the 1 3 discount rule is applied to the net capital gains of the fund that qualify for this discount 3 Allocation percentages This screen allows you to confirm the accounts used to derive member allocations the member allocation percentages and the actuarial percentages applicable if any member is in pension mode and the fund is using actuarial percentages to calculate percentag
96. the Enter full dividend details later box at the top of this screen b Select the asset from the first selection box c Enter the amount received for the dividend in the Amount received field d Select the income account to use by clicking Browse Click Reset if the income account selected is incorrect e If this is an incomplete dividend you can access it at a later time by going to Asset Utilities gt Complete Past Dividends Distributions For further help with this screen please see Complete Past Dividends Distributions 3 Click Save to process the dividend and create the General Journal entries automatically 4 Click Exit to close the Cash Receipt screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 116 Amount Enter the total dividend amount received It will default from the first entry screen Income Account Use the Browse link to select the income account to be used eg 4116 Dividends Received For further help with this please see General Tips Select Asset Select the asset against which this dividend should be recorded Imputation Credit This is the amount of the imputation credit as notified by the company on the receipt statement This amount will be used to create a journal which DR Imputation Credit Tax Rebate Liability and CR Imputation Credit Income Percent Franked Enter the percentage of the dividend that is franked Is there a tax withheld I
97. the left hand side and then the selection of the Account on the Right hand side of the screen Click on Add to add the link or Remove to delete an existing link When all your desired links have been done click Exit to close the Add Edit account link screen Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Notes to Accounts screen 9 3 1 Notes Tags Included in the Notes to Accounts functionality is the ability to enter Tags Notes Tags are entered into the Text of the note you add in your version When you need to put in a value from the Files of MySF Manager into the report you can insert a Tag Tags are simple to use and the involve entering the Tag Name between lt and gt with no spaces The Tag Name needs to be a valid name created by MySF Manager Here is a list of the valid Tag Names lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 273 MySF Manager User Manual Tag Name lt vestedbenefits gt lt taxrate gt lt specrate gt lt taxableincome gt lt propexempt gt lt amountexempt gt lt amounttaxable gt lt carriedfwdloss gt lt fundtax gt lt specialtax gt lt totaltax gt lt rebates gt lt withholding gt lt taxinstal gt lt taxpayable gt lt profitafter gt lt nonassesinc gt lt nonassessexp gt lt membersfunds gt lt available gt lt benefitsafter gt lt noncash gt lt netcash gt lt cash gt lt datefrom gt
98. the upper band The logic being that while buyers and sellers will temporarily pressure a share s price to its extremes it should re stabilize to more realistic levels found within the envelope Therefore a share price reaching the upper boundary may be interpreted as a sell signal and the share price reaching the lower boundary may be interpreted as a buy signal Envelope Trading Band parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to calculate moving average component Shift value Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a 0 olu ma e aln 2 9 2an Bollinger Bands 100 Exponential Moving Average Median price Simple Moving Average 10 Simple Moving Average 50 80 Simple Moving Average 200 Technical Studies Volume AN Drawing Features ii Envelope Trading Band 0 errs Ie eee eee ae TEN Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Shift 6 Perform On ClosePrice RIO Oo Volume Envelope Trading Band 7 8 1 3 Exponential Moving Average Exponential moving average is a price study which is similar to a simple moving average The difference between exponential moving average and simple moving average is that exponential moving average places greater emphasis on more recent data Therefore exponential moving average reacts to recent price changes quicker than a simple moving average 12 and 26 day exponential moving averages are the most popular short term averages They are used to c
99. traders should wait for a signal that a price reversal has occurred The Williams R can be used as one such measure with the cross above or below the 50 being the confirming signal Price reversal confirmation can also be accomplished by using other indicators or aspects of technical analysis in conjunction with Williams R One application of Williams R could be to identify the underlying trend and then look for trading opportunities in the direction of the trend Traders may look to oversold readings to establish long positions in an uptrend and may look to overbought readings to establish short positions in a downtrend Williams R parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating vertical horizontal filter Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 222 7 8 3 7 8 3 1 a 0 olt m e a Hl 2p 2an BY Prices Studies TRIX Vertical Horizontal Filter Volatility Chaikin s 80 Volume Volume Oscillator 0 Williams R 5 i il n dl h Lak i cr 0 eS Williams R a Periods 14 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO HB Volume Williams R Drawing Features Gann Fan Lines of Gann Fan are built at different angles from an important base or peak at the price chart The trend line of 1x1 was considered by
100. will be prompted to process depreciation for this asset Here the choice is between reduced cost base value as at 30 June 1988 and cost base If you need advice as to which to select please consult your advisor Any costs entered here will be capitalised as a cost of sale This amount will be taken into account when calculating the CGT liability If there is tax on the costs eg GST then select the tax code This is calculated automatically 1 3 Discount or Frozen Index Cost Base Select one of these methods for calculating the CGT liability Total to allocate Sale Price Allocation Users can switch between these items to see which technique will provide the lowest taxable capital gain The amount of the sale price less any capitalised costs of sale is displayed in this field By clicking on Allocate based on WDV MySF Manager will allocate the total amount against each asset and improvement as well as any depreciation item based on the proportional value of the written down value As an alternative the user may choose to allocate the value against each item directly by keying into the fields Where the user chooses to enter an amount against each of the asset records e g the base asset and any improvements then clicking on Distribute will allocate the amount entered against the asset to each of the depreciation items The distribution will be based on the written down value of each of the items as a proportion of the total
101. with the year end wizard you must ensure the following requirements have been completed The previous year end rollover wizard incorporated most of these requirements into it so they were part of the wizard This is now not the case and unless the following requirements have been completed the results of the year end rollover will be inaccurate All cash receipts payments and journals have been processed All assets have been revalued for the last day of the financial year Depreciation has been processed for physical assets if required Account notes have been defined for the financial year if required Members adjusted taxable income ATI for the current financial year has been included Fund tax rates have been entered for this financial year Am R Y NH Once all of the requirements have been ticked please click the Next button to proceed to the next step of the wizard lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 250 7 Year End Welcome Year End Process Welcome Welcome to the Year End Process of MySF Manager The year end process has changed since the previous version of the software Some items such as asset revaluations should now be performed prior to starting the year end process Before you proceed please check the following items All cash receipts payments and journals have been processed All assets have been revalued for the la
102. 0 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 96 from the Company related to the Demerger before attempting the entry to MySF Manager Shares need to be revalued to the end of day value immediately prior to the Demerger 71 Demergers Demergers Information Relating to Entity Undergoing Demerger Number of Units Received 200 000000 Select Asset Class 011 Shares v Demerger Date 07 06 2007 a BHP Value of Demerged Entity as a Percentage of Total Entity Information Relating to Entity Created from Demerger DEP Exchange Australian Stock Exc w XYZ XYZ Com XYZ 7 462000 Original Asset Code 5 Unit Cost after BHP BHP 13 09 2005 18 9425 BHP BHP 02 11 2005 19 1554 BHP BHP 03 02 2006 T 23 6250 BHP BHP 04 04 2006 27 0674 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 97 MySF Manager User Manual Asset Class Select the Asset Class for the Shares from the drop down list Asset Select the Share Code from the drop down list Exchange Select which exchange the new share belongs to from the list Code Enter the new Code If the share is exchange listed then the details of the Company will be displayed If it is not exchange listed enter in the Name and Short name Name If exchange listed this will be displayed automatically Short name Enter the Short Name Number of Units Received Enter the number of Units in the New Entity that hav
103. 00 1151 BHP 02 11 2005 5 175 00 1151 ANZ 30 08 2005 7 276 50 1151 sans 672 391 75 662 391 75 Q Cash and Bank Accounts Cash Receipts Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Receive Cash gt Select Receipt Type Note There may be situations where you need to enter a transaction in a new financial Es year without having rolled over the previous year To do this you will need to change the financial year setting under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial Enter the new financial year start and end dates and click Save When you return to the transaction entry the system will allow you to enter new year transactions Remember to change the financial year dates back to the previous year when rolling over Cash receipts operate in a very similar manner to cash payments lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 112 Gl Record Receipts Record Receipts Record incoming receipts like ETP s rent and dividends Joumal Ref CR0024 Depost to Account CBA 1234555 Payor Sam Tenant Reference Number Date To add a new cash receipt 1 Please fill in all required fields for your cash receipt Descriptions of each field are listed below 2 Click Save to process the cash receipt and generate the appropriate General Journal entries To edit a cash receipt 1 Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter
104. 00 to 5999 The last account in each account classification has been reserved for suspense accounts Asset Suspense 1999 Liabilities Suspense 2999 Equity Suspense 3999 Income Suspense 4999 Expense Suspense 5999 The standard chart provided looks a little overpowering when first viewed because if has been designed to cater for a broad range of different needs The trick to using the chart is to keep it simple and only use the accounts that you really need to use We suggest you don t delete accounts although this is possible as there may be a need to use them at some time in the future An account can be made inactive if you wish and this will stop it being displayed except in the General Ledger Accounts screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 262 Va General Ledger Account Defintion General Ledger Accounts Maintain the fund s chart of accounts Browse Reset 2110 GST Payable Refundable Provision for Deferred Income Tax Sundry Creditors 2071 lt C Taxable F1 Active C Summary i General Ledger Accounts Chart of Accounts is a split screen with a great deal of functionality On the left hand side of the screen the Chart is displayed in a tree structure format which shows the Account number and Account name The Accounts that are shaded are Summary Accounts and are used for reporting only Transa
105. 000000 This is defined in the Members Allocation Table under System Setup To activate the actuarial percentages it is necessary to define this in Settings under the Configuration menu lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 299 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Settings Settings Mairtain system settings Fund Settings Finsncis Folders Reaksed Captal Losses Display Settings Current financial year 01 7 07 7 2006 to 30 7 06 z 2007 Is the fund registered for GST Tax rates and effective dates Select tax rate Fund Tax Rate 15 effective 01 07 2003 to 30 06 2004 15 effective 01 07 2004 to 30 06 2005 15 effective 01 07 2005 to 30 06 2006 15 00 effective 01 07 2006 to 30 06 2007 10 4 Accounting Guide An Important Note The vast majority of accounting in MySF Manager is fully automated While this document describes the use of debits credits and how to build transactions from them in reality when you record purchases sales and more in MySF Manager accounting processes run in the background without the need for you to create the entries manually This document is intended to explain the underlying logic and why certain things happen the way they do Table of Contents 1 Accounting 1 1 Basic Principles of Accounting The General Ledger 1 2 Debits Credits and Transactions What is a Debit and what is a Credit What is a Transaction 1 3 Bank Deposits Asset fo
106. 04 12 2006 Cost per unit 23 150000 Number of units 315 000000 Brokerage 36 00 Tax type GST Tax amount 3 60 Capitalised cost 7 328 25 Are these entries correct If so please click Yes otherwise click No Ls Jf n _ Click Yes to add the asset to your fund or click No to cancel it If a business card does not already exist for the asset being added MySF Manager will ask if you wish to add one automatically Click Yes to create the business card automatically or click No which will not create a business card If you click No not for this code then you will not be asked to create a business card for other assets with this code e Would you like to add a New Business Card Automatically It looks like you do not yet have a Business Card created for this company Business Cards are required if you wish to record receipts or payments for this asset in the future Do you wish to automatically create a Business Card for this Asset with the following details Card Name GTR Company Name GTR Cm iret code 6 The transaction made to the selected bank account will be displayed Please click Ok to continue lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual General Journal Created i The following General Journal entry has been created DR GTR 08 12 2006 22 570 00 CR CBA 123455 22 570 00 Lox J To continue with the addition of
107. 2001 Up until 30th June 2003 lets assume Accumulated Depreciation charged against that asset is 15 000 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 142 Lets also assume that the value of the property as valued by an accredited valuation expert on 30th June 2003 was 250 000 Then the entries into the Opening Balances for this asset should be DR Building Asset account 200 000 CR Accumulated Depreciation Asset Account 15 000 CR Members Accounts split to each member 185 000 For the Revaluation DR Increase in Market Value of Investments asset account 50 000 CR Members Accounts split to each member 50 000 each member has in the fund The definition of the proportion of the fund owned by each member can be seen in the Members Allocation Table which is contained in the menu Superfund Administration gt Members Allocation Table O Note Allocation of amounts to members should be based proportionately on the value Opening Balances for Assets Liabilities and Members accounts are loaded as if they were rolled over from the previous year They will be loaded with a default date of either 1st July current financial year or the date the fund started if this was after 1st July in the current Financial Year Under the Balance column on this screen you can see the current balance of any accounts to see if there has been an entry to that account already A featu
108. 4 G14 Purchases without GST in the Price G6 Total Sales subject to GST G1 G5 G15 Estimated Purchases for private use or not income tax deductible G7 Adjustments if applicable G16 G13 G14 G15 G8 Total Sales Subject to GST after adjustments G17 Total Purchases subject to GST G12 G6 G7 minus G16 G9 GST on Sales G8 11 G18 Adjustments if Applicable G19 Total Purchases subject to GST after adjustments G17 G18 G20 GST on Purchases G19 11 There are some purchase transactions which a Super fund can only claim part of the GST charged There are others where none of the GST is claimable as an input credit When a transaction has been entered as GST PC Partially Claimable MySF Manager effectively splits the transaction in two for the purpose of this report and the calculation Example A fund is charged 1 100 including GST for Brokerage Fees on a share sale As this is listed in the GST regulations as reduced credit acquisitions related to making financial supplies only 75 of the GST paid can be claimed as an input tax credit In MySF Manager the transaction will have been processed as a single transaction with four lines Cr Bank 1 100 Dr Brokerage Expense 1 000 Dr GST Paid 75 Dr GST Expensed 25 In the BAS Statement transaction this will be displayed as two separate lines Brokerage Expenses 825 GST Paid 75 Brokerage Expenses 275 GST Expensed 25 For preparing the activity statement each of thes
109. Add New which will generate all of the accounts necessary for processing transactions for the member Once you have added all the relevant details of the new member of the fund click Add to the right which will add the member to the list on the right Transferring a Member to Pension Mode 1 Go to Superfund Administration gt Members 2 Select the member that will be transfered to pension mode from the list on the right 3 Tick the box Is the member in pension mode and enter the date the member started their pension 4 Click Save to finalise these changes lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 244 The Effects of Pension Mode Pension mode affects tax and reporting within MySF Manager Any profits allocated to the member in pension mode are not taxable The actuarial calculations tab under Superfund Administration gt Members Allocation Table will allow you to define the percentage of the fund allocated to the pension mode member One Member in Pension Mode and also Accumulation Mode MySF Manager asks you to specify if a member is in pension mode which will take that member out of accumulation mode However there may be certain circumstances where a member of your fund is drawing a pension yet still contributing to the fund To set this up you need to add another member with a similar name and set them to pension mode For example if John Smith is the
110. Address 7 ETP Form ETP Roll over Statement Record the payment and receipt of Bigble Termination Paymerts Section 1 Rollover fund name and address Section 2 individual s details Section 3 Rollover payment details Section 4 Payer detais Section 1 Rollover fund name and address Fund Details Fund Name Street Suburb Town State Country Fund Name This will default for a Roll in to your fund definition For a Roll out enter the name of the destination fund Address Details This will default for a Roll in to your fund definition For a Roll out enter the details of the destination fund SFN This will default for a Roll in to your fund definition For a Roll out enter the Super fund Number of the destination fund This only applies to ARPA funds Payee ABN This will default for a Roll in to your fund definition For a Roll out enter the name of the destination fund Date Enter the date of the ETP lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 133 MySF Manager User Manual Individuals Details FA ETP Form ETP Roll over Statement Record the payment and receipt of Ekgible Termination Payments Section 1 Rollover fund name and address Section 2 individual s details Section 3 Rollover payment details Section 4 Payer detais Section 2 individuals Details individual s Details Name and address of authorised agent or advisor if i The person must be authorised by the indiv
111. BAS Statement is processed the period of the BAS Statement is filed away for future reference This allows users to retrieve BAS statements prepared within the system for review Select the BAS period from the selection box to show the BAS calculations in the middle of the screen If you wish to retrieve a hard copy of the BAS calculations click Print Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 158 5 14 3 GST Position Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt View GST Position At any time it is possible to view the current totals of GST Collected and GST Paid through the View GST Position menu item All transactions are displayed and the current position as to the amount to be paid or refunded is detailed on the screen Enter the date range that you wish to view the GST position For further help with dates please see General Tips Click View Report to load the GST Paid on transactions between the date range specified If you wish to show the reversed transactions and the GST paid on them place a tick in the Show reversal transactions box Click Print if you would like a hard copy of the GST Position of your fund PA GST Position View GST Position View GST postion for a specific period of time View postion from 01 07 y 2003 to 30 05 7 2007 ew repot 23 10 2003 CP0001 Expense Ra
112. CD into your CD drive and follow the prompts If the program does not start automatically please open My Computer or Windows Explorer and double click on your CD drive The MySF Manager installer will by default install the MySF Manager program into the Program Files area of your PC When installed the MySF Manager or Advisor Link icon will be loaded onto your Desktop If you are running the MySF Manager software on your PC there is no need to load the Advisor Link software The MySF Manager can do all of the things that can be done by Advisor Link Additional copies of Advisor Link as well as additional information on this software can be accessed from the MySF website Click Here Activating MySF Until the software has been activated you will be prompted with the activation screen each time you open the MySF Manager software You will be able to open the software 200 times or 30 days since the software was first opened prior to activation whichever is reached first The activation screen displays a counter of the remaining number of times you can open the software lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 8 Welcome MySF Manager delivers control compliance and cost savings for your SMSF Click here to see how If you would like any assistance during your evaluation of MySF Manager click here to send us an email Click here to purchase MySF Manager online using a cre
113. F Manager you can choose to use different fonts or colours for specific text Save Delete and Add New buttons at the bottom right of the screen are used to make changes to the Notes Master Print will prepare your currently selected note into report format from which you can then choose to export print or view the note For further help with using the report functionality please see General Tips Version Setup Each fund is created with a version already defined Version 1 as it is called includes the Notes lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 270 Master for notes 1 through 10 copied across into a specific version for the fund you are in For a DIY Manager with a single fund you will generally need only one version per year For those running multiple funds it is likely that you will want a new version for each client 7 Notes to accounts Notes to accounts Currently using Version 2 as the funds account notes Master notes Versions Note account links Select a version from the list on the right to view edt or add notes Cick Create new version to add a new version of notes Name Version 1 C Use this version as the fund s account notes 1 Summary of Signficant Accounting Pok A 2 Accruals Basis 3 Assets 4 Income Tax 5 Benefits Paid and Payable 6 Vested Benefits 7 Guaranteed Benefits 8 income Tax 9 Raranc ation r Net Cash nmvidad hy Y gt
114. Gann the most important If the price curve is located above the 1x1 line it is considered to be the indication of a bull market If the price curve is below the 1x1 line it is considered to be the start of a bear market Gann thought that the ray of 1x1 is a powerful support line when the trend is ascending and he considered the breaking this line as an important turn signal Gann emphasized the following nine basic angles the angle of 1x1 being the most important of all 1x8 82 5 degree 1x4 75 degree 1x3 71 25 degree 1x2 63 75 degree 1x1 45 degree 2x1 26 25 degree 3x1 18 75 degree 4x1 15 degree 8x1 7 5 degree The considered ratios of price and time increments to have corresponding angles of slope in degrees X and Y axes must have the same scales It means that a unit interval on X axis i e hour day week month must correspond with the unit interval on Y axis The simplest method of checking that this holds trues is to check the angle and slope of the 1x1 ray in the Gann Fan which must be 45 degrees Each of the above listed rays of the Gann fan can serve as support or resistance lines depending on the direction of the price trend For example if the price trend is ascending then the ray of 1x1 is usually the most important support line If price then falls below 1x1 line it is a signal that the trend is turning According to Gann prices should then sink down to the next trend line the ray o
115. Gross Amount A and Gross Amount B both amourts MUST be equal Rollover balance as at 15 Feb 1990 included with this rol over f known The rol over relates to a pre Jul 1994 pension or annutty ETP Components On the screen a number of entry fields are displayed which correspond directly with the values contained in the Rollover Statement Enter the values from the statement These items will total in Gross Amount A Eligible Service Period Enter the Date Started and the number of days before 1 July 1983 and the number of days after 30 June 1983 Preservation Amounts of the Enter the amounts from the Rollover Statement for Preserved Rollover Payment Restricted Non Preserved and Unrestricted Non Preserved These amounts will total at Gross Amount B Financial Year Ending These group of values relate to the current Financial year of the rollover Enter the amount from the form Payer Details lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 135 MySF Manager User Manual 5 6 TA ETP Form ETP Roll over Statement Record the payment and receipt of Elgble Termination Paymerts Section 1 Rollover fund name and address Section 2 individual s details Section 3 Rol over payment detais Section 4 Payer detais Section 4 Payer details Payer Payer s name Contact name Payer These group of fields contain information related to the payer For a roll in cash receipt this is likely to b
116. None Sale Date Tax Amount on Cost 0 00 Vabeasat 15 05 2003 Value 295 000 00 View Payment History List Accounts Depreciation Expense 5145 Depreciation Browse Reset Accumulated Depreciation 1511 AA0018 Acc Dep Factory Browse Reset Add New Editing the financial details 1 Click the Financials tab 2 Click Add New to add a new asset or if you are editing an existing asset select the physical asset you wish to edit the information from the list of assets on the right 3 Please fill in all required fields for your physical asset Descriptions of each field are listed below 4 Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 62 Date of Acquisition Partial Payment Only Purchase Price Tax on Purchase Price Tax Amount on Purchase Cost of Acquisition Tax on Cost Transaction to Generate Date Built Ownership Percentage Generates Revenue Depreciation Required Date the asset was acquired by the fund This should not be before the start date of the fund This field will default to No It should be used only where payment terms have been arranged and where title of the property has passed to the fund It is not suitable to use this for a deposit as the date of acquisition will occur at a future date This field can be used to separate out elements of the cost where some costs have GST
117. Open Report Tool gt Year End Tab The Year End Reports section of the Report Tool provides you with access to all of the reports produced when the Year End Wizard was processed lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 169 MySF Manager User Manual 6 3 Generate Reports Year End Process Generate Reports The year end process wil generate the following reports Profit and Loss Balance Sheet Cash Row Captal Gain Adjustments Change in Market Value of Assets S g g g 4 3 F F E Depreciation of Assets Member Position f Member Alocations i 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Asset Segregation T View li Report generation complete Please click Next There are 10 Year End reports assuming there is only one member of the fund Profit and Loss Balance Sheet Cash Flow Capital Gains Adjustments Change in Market Value of Assets Depreciation of Assets Member Postion Member Information Members Contribution Statement one of these reports per member of the fund 0 Account Notes ee Oe oe OUR EE Select which of the reports you would like to view and click View Report You will then be shown the desired report in the report viewer For further help using this please see General Tips Click Exit to close the Report Tool screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Batch Reporter Menu Reporti
118. SF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 210 a o ols ma r aE 2e 2a x Prices Studies Technical Studies iOnBalanceVolume Percentual Rate Of Change Performance Positive Volume Index _ Price And Volume Trend 1 Rate Of Change 14000 Volume Relative Strength Index iv 0 i Jail i n il Lak i l cr On Balance Volume 0 eee ee Gn Sanne Volume Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 RIO M Volume On Balance Volume 7 8 2 13 Percentual Rate of Change Percentage rate of change is a technical indicator which measures the percent rate of change from one period to another Percentual Rate of Change parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating percentual rate of change Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close 2a 0 ole ma e abliv Qo 2an D pce studies Technical Studies On Balance Volume V PercentualR t OfChange Performance Positive Volume Index _ Price And Volume Trend 1 Rate OfChange 14000 Volume Relative Strength Index E Drawing Features 0 Percentual Rate Of Change
119. Show Graph to display the graph on the screen The Value of the selected item e g the Asset and the Yield for that item will be displayed Click Exit to close the Yield Analysis Graphs screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Market Value of Assets Menu Analysis and Insight gt Market Value of Assets This function provides a tool to compare the market value of one asset or asset grouping against another For example you may wish to see the market value of one of your shares against another of your shares You can see market values on your Asset Classes Asset Allocation Categories or Assets The market value charts screen shows the chart in the area in the middle You can manipulate what data is shown by altering the information at the top of the chart lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 179 MySF Manager User Manual 1 Market Value of Assets Market Value of Assets Revalue Assets Main Addtonal Options Fiterby No Fiter Forthe date range 01 107 2006 to 30 06 12007 Addtonal Options Market Value of Assets 700 000 600 000 an E nn oct PSS ln 5500 000 e Vab gt 400 000 Value 20 09 300 000 Market 200 000 100 000 so 31 07 2006 30 08 2006 30 11 2006 31 01 2007 31 03 2007 31 05 2007 Filter by This is the first level of detail you can include in the market value ch
120. Superfund Administration gt Start Rollover Note There may be situations where you need to enter a transaction in a new financial Ea year without having rolled over the previous year To do this you will need to change the financial year setting under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial Enter the new financial year start and end dates and click Save When you return to transaction entry the system will allow you to enter new year transactions Remember to change the financial year dates back to the previous year when rolling over The roll over from one year to another is done through a wizard which controls the order of steps taken to proceed from one financial period to another Clicking the Next button on each step allows you to continue to the next step of the wizard and if you wish to go back one step please click the Back button Once you begin the rollover the menu system disappears and the only way to return to the main menu is to click Cancel at any stage of the wizard Doing this will not affect your fund in any way and will return your fund to the financial year prior to entering the year end wizard A backup of your fund prior to the year end rollover will be stored in your funds backup folder Your backup folder location is defined under Configuration gt Settings gt Folders The fund will always be backed up after the year end wizard is completed IMPORTANT This is a new year end wizard Before continuing
121. Surcharge It is important that prior to Year end rollover the ATI is inserted into the members record for the specific year lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 243 MySF Manager User Manual Fund Members Fund Members Maintain fund member details or create another member Personal deta s Further Information Financial Taxable income should include Grossed up FBT F an Does this member have a transitional RBL i ETP has been received this year you should consult your o a advisor to determine your comect ATI Trans RBL Taable income Financial Year income Year including ETP Lump sum 543 951 80 01 07 2003 to 30 06 2004 0 00 Penson 1 176 106 00 Benefits and pensions paid against RBL 0 00 The RBL figure is determined based on the age of the member and the formulae required by the ATO which reduces the amount of the Lump sum RBL by 2 5 for each year under the age of 55 Ifa member has a transitional RBL this can be entered manually When a pension or benefit is paid by the fund the user is prompted to enter if this amount is to be recorded against the RBL Any amounts indicated to be recorded will be added to the value in this field The value in the Benefits amp Pensions paid against RBL field can be edited at any time and then any transactions impacting RBL will add to the new total Adding a New Member Adding a new member to the fund is done by clicking on
122. T for SMSFs We would suggest you consult your advisor in this area Additional tax types can be added as required by clicking Add New and fill out all of the fields Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Tax Table screen 9 8 Payment and Receipt Types Menu Configuration gt Edit Payment and Receipt Types As a first step we suggest you review the type of payments and receipts you are going to make and receive In the Configuration gt Edit payment and Receipt Types menu item you can define any particular payment of receipt types which are of importance to your fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 283 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Payment and Receipt Types Payment Receipt Types Define payment and receipt classifications The list above is a standard list which may be sufficient however you can choose to add your own at any time These payment and receipt types are used to classify a payment for later reporting For example you if you own property overseas you may wish to use a receipt type of overseas rent rather than just rent To add a new payment or receipt type 1 Select either Payment or Receipt in the Type field to represent the type of payment or type of receipt you wish to record 2 Enter the name of the payment or receipt type in the second field 3 Click Add to the right of the field t
123. To automatically Remove double quotes from all text that you are importing please tick that option After you have selected the file to import and defined the relevant options please click on Import to load the data into the table in the bottom half of the screen If the data appears separated into columns as in the screenshot above continue to the Information Assignment tab If the data does not appear correctly please ensure that the file is a delimited text file or an Microsoft Excel file If it is a delimited text file please ensure that the correct delimiter has been selected 2 Information Assignment lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 49 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Import to Verify Portfolio Import to Verify Portfolio Fle and Format Definition Information Assignment Venfication Results Please select what sort of data is stored in each of the columns Type Other fgnore column v Code Asset s Exchange Cc Asset Total Value v Quantity v Asset Unt Cost v Other gnore column v Other fgnore column For reminder purposes the top section of this tab contains the table from the bottom of the previous screen Please assign meanings to the columns which are relevant from the imported file using the selection boxes on the left hand side of this screen After you have selected Asset s Exchange Code for one of the columns you will see the list on the right hand side appear The
124. ad this update General Tips Navigation Navigating through MySF Manager is done through either the main menu or the menu at the very top of the screen For help using the main menu please see Main Menu You can access any part of MySF Manager from the menu located at the top of the screen FA MySF Sample Fund MySF Manager g Home Assets Asset Utilities Cash and Bank Accounts Reporting Analysis and Insight Superfund Administration Configuration CZ Revaluation table EE fe Split Consolidation Remove an asset SA Complete past dividends val Scrip for scrip rollover KA View and edit cost bases zz Complete past distributions Revalue W Import revaluation data f a Capital repayment Process depreciation listed assets J Demerger spin o Revalue Corporate actions Depreciation Utilities View and edit sale records Financial asset editor 1 When you want to navigate to a different part of MySF Manager click the type of action you wish to perform from the menu at the top of the screen 2 Select from the sub menu what action you wish to perform Note that the actions with arrows next to them have another level of selection required lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 11 MySF Manager User Manual Dates There is a function within MySF Manager that can automatically fill in date fields for you This functionality makes it quicker to input dates in the date fields an
125. add a General Journal entry lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 144 1 Please fill in all required fields for your General Journal entry Descriptions of each field are listed below 2 Click Save to process the General Journal entry To edit a General Journal entry 1 Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter 2 Filter the Report on fields to show General Journal entries that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank General Journal lt journal type gt 3 Select the first level item of the General Journal entry you wish to edit from the items that show in the middle of the screen Click Edit transaction from the bottom of the screen You will be prompted to select either a Major edit or a Minor edit to the transaction A major edit allows you to edit any aspect of the transaction which involves reversing the transaction and posting again with updated transaction details A minor edit only allows the editing of the reference number memo and payor fields This prevents you from making a change to any major details by accident that you do not wish to change 6 Please edit the fields of the General Journal entry Descriptions of each field are listed below 7 Click Save to revers
126. adengenernnssacessceaunsancenacssnancanaeecneaeassaucescenendi cavacngeacrassuiecian R te of Changers an a E E E e nicer RSR Relative Strength Index Standard WDIG 1i e PA EETA A A A Lanes STOGMASTICS ressmanni een na ae lier EE ar aa ae a EATE nsc ERa see NEAR EEr TRIX oie r E E S Vertical HOF ZONtAlFINGH 0scce5cecsdicsaevach cncedeteshansaceWencedsaasnnessdndetadeehepettscusaded cistesssensehedesdeasass deaiedsadsasidecsssdtase Volatility Chaikin s s 2212 restes nt einen sr sh vaessancesdsiaceasauesyscaasadeactasiancasd aan Ean Oer E Volume OScilators sisi ne ne a aa a fitness et te rene i tennis tests EELNE Williams Y Rarasaanana anane aN ANECA Ai REEERE ARENAER EE AAA C AA ET ea iain Drawing Features Gann Fans sise msn E tetes tannins lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Contents IV IDONACCI ATOS SE see dit RD aa a daaa anaa a ea a ea aa 223 FIDOMACCH RAMS E r A E E E E E use 224 Fibonacci Retracements aE aara aa a d aAa Enaaak a aAa adaa 225 Fibonacci ime ZOME Sesasi anaana E a a E E AE 226 MidpOINt TIFONE E E AE EE TEE A E ETETEA A EETA TAE 227 M an Tirone irei Epas aea Aa ee ne MAR nie Ai de de raie eanan ina tt dde Slt adea aE 228 Speed Resistance Lines ss 229 Quadrant Lines een a sis r in nes sereine es Aime ter re ner rare dt A Gastineetersneese ee 230 pagene ALL te T ee ie D ERI A ne ee AEE 231 9 RSS News Feeds 525 a nn En 231
127. ain the Backup copy of your MySF Manager file as well as the selected attachments in a ZIP file The ZIP file will dramatically reduce the size of your fund to make it simpler to distribute either by email or on disk E3 Note Every time you backup a new backup file is created with a date and time stamp lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 296 10 2 Restore Backup Menu Home gt Restore Backup The restore from a backup process will restore a copy of a fund file mysf and any attachments The restore from a backup process will restore your mysf file in the folder specified at the startup of a fund The default folder location for any backups is under your C drive then in your funds backup folder For example C SampleFund Backup Select and browse to the folder where your backup files are located by clicking Browse If you are trying to find a backup of the sample fund the folder would be the same as in the example above 71 Restore Fund Restore Fund Please browse to the folder where your backup files are located C SampleFund Backup Fund Name Fund Backup Date Time MySF Sample Fund 12 06 2007 12 05 56 PM MySF Sample Fund 12 06 2007 12 06 31 PM MySF Sample Fund 12 06 2007 12 07 54 PM Click Restore next to the desired backup file listed in the space provided This will then prompt you to confirm the restoration of the desired backup file If the
128. al should be considered only in conjunction with other factors Lane recommended waiting when stochastic rises above 80 and sell when it falls below this level Similar for level below 20 it is recommended waiting for rise back above 20 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 217 MySF Manager User Manual As stochastic oscillators are very sensitive price movements they often give too many false signals and whipsaws One way to address this problem is to use 5 and 95 as the signal levels rather than 20 and 80 as above The second important signal generated by Lane s Stochastic is the crossover between the D and K lines It is considered a buy signal when the kK line rises above the D line and a sell signal when the kK line falls below D To avoid whipsaws you can wait for crossover accruing within overbought oversold area or after a peak or bottom in the bD line The third and one of the most reliable signals is divergence between D and the price A bullish divergence occurs when price makes a series of lower lows while D makes a series of higher lows A bearish divergence occurs when price makes a series of higher highs while D makes a series of lower highs Advanced uses of Lane s stochastic s include combining them with trend following indicators or trend analysis Trend support resistance lines confirmed by oversold overbought stochastic indicators and price divergence would presen
129. ally at the point of sale of the lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 119 MySF Manager User Manual 5 2 asset however where a fund has a Capital Loss for a specific Asset Class and the 1 3 Discount rule has been used to calculate CGT then an adjusting entry is required at year end A Capital loss or Carried forward losses must be applied firstly against the Gross Capital gain prior to applying the 1 3 Discount Throughout the year it is not possible to forecast capital losses which may occur so MySF Manager recalculates the value as part of the Year End Rollover and processes an adjusting Journal Entry to calculate the actual Taxable and Non Taxable portions of Capital Gain Where Distributions have a CGT component it is important to provide the Gross amount so that year end calculations can be processed For more information see Year End Rollover Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Cash Payments Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Pay Cash gt Select Payment Type Note There may be situations where you need to enter a transaction in a new financial E3 year without having rolled over the previous year To do this you will need to change the financial year setting under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial Enter the new financial year start and end dates and click Save When you return to transaction entry the system will allow you to ente
130. also enter your own by selecting Other If the file format is an Excel file rather than a text based format this selection is ignored Exported files from software packages as well as user created files will often contain a header in the first row describing what the contents of that column are If this is the case with the file that is being imported please tick the First line contains headers box To assist with identifying what the significance of individual columns is these headers will be displayed as column names in the grid at the bottom of the screen when the file is imported If there are no headers columns will be identified as Columni Column2 etc You may elect to ignore a number of lines at the beginning of the file by ticking the Ignore the first lt number gt lines box and entering the number of lines to ignore It is also possible to automatically remove double quotes from the text by ticking the Remove all double quotes box This will make sure that all information exported as text which may be in double quotes will be imported without the double quotes lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 41 MySF Manager User Manual If you are importing data from a file format which may contain a leading full stop at the beginning of certain fields for example a leading full stop in the Code field to signify that an Asset is not exchange listed and you would like to have these lead
131. also important for corrections In the event that a transaction was entered in error a Reversal transaction can be generated from within the Transaction Reporter by selecting a transaction and clicking Reverse MySF Manager will keep a full Audit trail of reversed transactions for future reference The new Journal with the negative amounts is visible in the Transaction Reporter and the old narrative has the word Reversed appended to the front end of the narrative lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 161 MySF Manager User Manual 6 2 Transaction Editor Within the Transaction Reporter screen there is an Edit Transaction function on the bottom of the screen You will be prompted to select whether this is a Major Edit or a Minor Edit of the transaction Edit transaction Select options for editing this transaction _ Major edit allows you to edt any aspect of the _ Minor edt oniy allows the edting of the transaction This involves reversing the transaction reference number memo and payor fields This and posting again wth updated transaction details A Minor Edit will allow editing of only the Memo Reference or Payor Pay To fields in the transactions For all other changes you must select a Major Edit which will result in the Reversal of the original transaction and reapplying of the new transaction The original entry will be displayed and can be altered The form
132. anage Assets Add manage or sel physical or financial assets Manage areas such as Please fill out our 3 question survey depreciation tenants revaluations and regular receipts to help us improve MySF Manager Manage Cash Record receipts payments or journal entries as well as performing Visit the Member Forums bank reconcilations or GST related functions Reporting amp Analysis Setup Generate standard financial reports or members reports and analyse the View and Edt Accounts The forums are a good place to performance of the fund in terms of yield and asset allocation Business Cards etc look if you encounter any problems when using MySF Asset Allocations Market Values of Assets income Spending Asset Allocations by Category based on most recent revaluations F rym 40 00 Customer ID 415 Updates expire on 7 02 2009 BB Finned Support expires on 7 02 2009 E tenet ACUABI Cash Fixed Interest Property Shares Australian Australian Select either one select Yes or No to display tips choose the colours for the Asset Allocation charts and click Save to have the changes take effect immediately Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Settings screen 10 Additional Information 10 1 Backup Fund Menu Home gt Create Backup Backing Up It is important to note that throughout MySF Manager there are a number of places to attach files It may be the investment stra
133. and Y axis Use sp to rotate the chart on its Y axis Use 5 to rotate the chart on its X axis Clustered Z axis Turn clustering on or off Axes Settings Click to see a list of options relating to the chart Point Labels Click to show or hide point labels Data Grid Turn the data grid on or off Legend Box Show or hide the legend box related to the chart Zoom Enlarge or reduce the magnification of the chart Properties Click to show the properties of the chart Allows you to export the chart into either a csv file or a txt file You must specify the filename here Report Functionality lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 16 MySF Manager uses a Report Viewer in order to generate and view the reports you have requested throughout MySF Manager There are several pieces of functionality involved with the Report Viewer Export Report Print Report Viewing Different Pages Find Text Zoom Ratio You will find all the available buttons across the top of the Report Viewer window Cash Bank Accounts allinformation as at 2 02 2007 Quantity Average Cost Sample Bank Mr Sampleson n a 318 120 03 n a Residential Property The export function works the same way as any normal save function except in this case you can export the report to a variety of file types To export click the Export Report button depicted by a blue disk with a white page behind
134. and select the Business Card to be used Alternatively you can click on the field where the Business Card would appear and start typing the business card name As you type MySF Manager will fill in the field with the closest match If you do not have the Individual or Business added yet clicking Add New will allow the Business Card to be added MySF Manager supports the import of an address book These are defined as vcf files A VCard is the name given to electronic business cards and is widely used in many applications VCards are often attached to e mail messages and contain names addresses phone numbers URL s logo s photographs and even audio clips To import a VCard to your fund click Import a VCard which lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 286 will then prompt you to select either the type of business card you want to import Business or Individual Then you will need to select the VCard from its location on your computer In the setup process you will have defined a few business cards Now is the time to add all the other business cards for people and businesses that the fund deals with The only mandatory values for the creation of a Business Card are the Card Name First Name and Surname for an Individual and the Card Name and Business Name for a Business All other information is optional Individual or Business Title amp Sex First Name Middle Nam
135. ank statement date 30 106 2004 C Show only unreconciled w Bank statement balance 1244150 12 441 30 Difference Attachments C Show reversal transactions Show tems 05 02 2004 Rent Sam Tenant Monthly Rent 05 03 2004 Rent Sam Tenant Monthly Rent 03 04 2004 Dividend Dividends AGL Dividend AGL 198 00 06 04 2004 Rent Sam Tenant Monthly Rent 15 04 2004 Distribution BT Global Distribution BT Distribution BT 6 200 00 23 04 2004 Employee Contribution Employer Contribution ERG Real Estate John employee contribution 3 622 00 30 04 2004 Capital Purchase ABC Repairs 06 05 2004 Rent Sam Tenant Monthly Rent 09 05 2004 Dividend Dividends BHP BHP Dividend 712 00 14 05 2004 Interest Interest CBA Interest 01 06 2004 Sale Sale of 200 0000 unts of CML Shares 1 420 70 05 06 2004 Rent Sam Tenant Monthly Rent 20 06 2004 Sale Sale of 500 0000 unts of CML Shares 3 743 70 25 06 2004 Dividend Dividends St George SGB Dividend 3 244 00 2 200 00 2 200 00 2 200 00 2 200 00 2 333 00 2 200 00 RIRE EEE EEE v Bank Account Bank Statement Date Show Only Unreconciled Items Bank Statement Balance Difference Attach Documents Select the Bank account to reconcile from the drop down list MySF Manager will select and display all transactions with a date equal to or less than the date entered This check box allows you to display only those items that remain unreconciled The amount enter
136. arts From this drop down box select what you wish to view What you choose will determine the values that are displayed in the box to its right where you need to select another level of detail Include From what you have chosen in the drop down above select exactly what you wish to view on the chart For example if you have chosen assets in the first field then all your assets will be listed here to be available for view on the chart If you wish to view all the selections in the box click Select All If you wish to start over and select again click Unselect All From the date range This allows you to specify a Date Range for the market value chart For tips on using dates and date ranges please see General Tips Click the Additional Options tab at the top of the screen to enable you to add more options to the chart Chart display Choose to either separate each asset and give each one a separate line on the chart or have a single line for the total market value of all your assets Include benchmark Select either Yes or No to include a share to compare to If you choose Yes you are required to enter the code of the share or index you wish to compare to For a list of available benchmarks and indices please see Benchmarks and Indices lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 180 7 4 Show Graph Click this button to generate the market value char
137. ase see General Tips Click Calculate at the bottom of the screen MySF Manager will calculate the depreciation expense of each depreciation item to their right The depreciation expense values are calculated using the values and terms you placed on the Depreciation Schedule screen when you gave the asset a depreciation schedule If you are satisfied that the calculated values are satisfactory click Process at the bottom of the screen to perform the depreciation of the selected asset up to the date chosen The General Journal entries will be created automatically and you will be shown these entries via the dialog that pops up The Depreciation Processing screen will be closed automatically at this point Use the drop down box to select All or a specific class of asset Select either all assets in the selected class or a specific asset to depreciate Perform depreciation to This date is known as the Depreciation Through to date MySF Manager will calculate the depreciation expense through to the date selected must be within the current financial year Click Exit to close the Depreciation Processing screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 101 4 5 6 Asset Class Asset 4 8 Remove Asset Menu Asset Utilities gt Remove an Asset This function is included only for those that have made a serious mistake in the adding of an asset and need to remove it from MySF Manager In almos
138. assets we actually own outright These accounts are sometimes referred to as owners equity or in the case of investment portfolios members equity To explain what equity represents consider the following example if we buy a property for 100 000 using only our own money then we have a physical asset whose cost base is 100 000 this is our asset 0 owing to others this is our liability which means we own the whole 100 000 property this is our equity D Note That a Self Managed Super Fund cannot normally take such loans and the example below is for illustration only However if we bought the same property using 20 000 of our own money and take a 80 000 loan for the rest then we have a property whose cost base is 100 000 this is out asset 80 000 owing to the financier this is our liability and we are left with 20 000 of the property that we own this is our equity The relationship between assets liabilities and equity is also illustrated in the above examples In the above example we demonstrate that Equity Assets Liabilities This is more commonly show in a slightly different format Assets Liabilities Equity This equation must always hold It is true for individual assets just as it is true for the portfolio of assets or fund as a whole The Balance Sheet also called Statement of Financial Position is a listing of the assets liabilities and equity of a given fund Income also called Revenue accoun
139. at remains the same as the original transaction Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Report Tool Menu Reporting gt Open Report Tool Some of the immediate reports are available without even having to go into the report tool They are visible via Reporting and are under the various report type sections These immediate reports are generated for YTD and today s date where applicable The MySF Manager Report Tool allows users to produce a variety of standard reports from a selection menu system For further help with the functionality within each report please see General Tips There are five separate tabs in the Report Tool These are Financial Reports Member Reports Asset Reports Transaction Reports Year End Reports Cre Ne lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 162 6 2 1 Financial Reports Menu Reporting gt Open Report Tool gt Financial Tab There are seven core Financial Reports to choose from These are Profit and Loss Balance Sheet Trial Balance Cash Flow Dividends Distributions and General Ledger Transactions Various reports have a feature to allow you to compare the current year amounts with previous year amounts providing there is an existing record for the previous year When you tick Compare with last year s balances on selected reports past year values will app
140. ating Business Cards Skip ahead if you do not want to add these details now re None Browse Reset Bro Fund Auditor D ous Reset At this stage these people and businesses have not been defined in MySF Manager To add entries click on Browse and the Browse and Add Screen for Business Cards will be displayed If you have used the MySF Manager Sample Fund you will be familiar with the way this function works otherwise please see Business Cards and General Tips for further help 2 Bank Account Definition A single fund can have up to 10 Bank Accounts defined One of these needs to be defined as the Primary Bank Account The Primary Bank Account is the default account used for all Cash Payments and Cash Receipts It will be displayed on entry to any of the Cash Management screens however can be changed during data entry if required lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 27 MySF Manager User Manual Pa Setup Bank Accounts Define up to 10 bank accounts for your fund Institution Sample Bank Account Name Mr Sampleson Branch Sampleville BSB No 123456 Account No 098765432 Is this the primary bank account one Accounts Sample Bank 098765432 Remove Follow the Screen prompts to enter the values for the new Bank Account When you have entered an account click Add to file the entry away Multiple accounts can be added during setup
141. ay Expenses under the Money Out heading The cash payment screen will open on top of the main menu with Expenses pre selected in the payment type field If you wish to make the quick menu your default menu every time you open MySF Manager please click Make this my default menu from the link on the right hand side of the menu To go back to the main menu style please click Go back to the main menu You have a choice to make the quick menu your default menu so that every time you open your fund in MySF Manager this menu type opens automatically To do this please click Make this my default menu in the bottom right corner of the quick menu Please also feel free to send us feedback relating to this new style of menu using the What do you think of this menu link in the bottom right corner of the window This link will automatically open your default email client with the To and Subject lines filled in lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 33 MySF Manager User Manual Quick Menu Main Menu Asset Allocation amp Cash Flow Manage Assets Money In Reports Purchase Shares Dividend Receipt Balance Sheet as at tod Purchase Investment Funds Distribution Receipt Profit amp Loss YTD Interest ipts Cash How YTD Sell Shares Member Contribution Asset Summary as at today Sell investment Funds eg Money Out Other Reports Pay Expenses Add Dividend Reinvestment Analysis G
142. c main menu Use dashboard menu Use quick menu Tool Tips Would you like to display tookips Yes O No Colour Settings Please select colours to use on Asset Allocations charts Coste Peeters TT Geax Carto tou ches TT OOo Classic Menu MySF Main Myst MAIN MENU www mysf com au Investment Strategy amp Compliance Define your investment strategy including planned asset allocations Connect to the MySF forum Record minutes of fund meetings Managing Assets Add manage or sell physical or financial assets Manage areas such as depreciation tenants revaluations and regular receipts Browse amp Update Product Updates from MySF Online Managing Cash Record receipts payments or journal entries as well as pedorming bank reconcilations or GST related functions Generate standard financial reports or members reports and analyse the performance of the fund in terms of yield and asset allocation Business Cards etc Reporting amp Analysis BR Setup lt View and Edt Accounts lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 294 Dashboard Menu Main menu and Quick menu accessible as tabs at the top of the window MySF Dashboard Quick Menu Main Menu Asset Allocation amp Cash Row Investment Strategy amp Compliance Make this my defaut menu Define your investment strategy including planned asset allocations Record minutes of fund meetings M
143. cal indicators should be used when the price of the asset is near the trend line to confirm the strength of the predicted support or resistance Speed Resistance Lines parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Multiple sets of speed resistance lines may be added May be combined with other drawing features and technical analysis lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 230 a2 0 olu ma e alr Qo say GBM Prices Studies Ko Technical Studies 50 Configure Drawing Features CMean Tirone Level 6 12 2006 29 05 2007 44 12000 Speed Resistance Lines 6000 4 Start Date 19 07 2006 a1 End Date 30 05 2007 R i m Start Price 43 05 Q4 Q1 07 Q de End Price 55 03 Draw On ClosePrice CBA BB Volume 7 8 3 9 Quadrant Lines Quadrant Lines are a set of horizontal lines which divide the highest and lowest values into four equal sections Quadrant Lines are primarily intended to aid in the visual inspection of price movements They help chartist s see the highest lowest and average price over a specified period Quadrant Lines parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Multiple sets of quadrant lines may be added May be combined with other
144. ch distinguishes Sales Purchases Corporate Action etc from each other For example this column may contain the word BUY for each line which describes the details of a time when an asset was purchased and SELL when an asset was sold Asset Code This column should contain a code for the asset such as the stock exchange listing code for shares such as BHP In the case of Assets which do not have a code such as an investment property this columns must still contain some information that helps to identify the Asset such as its name Asset code is used to identify Assets during the import process so an asset such as a Commercial Property or Shares in particular company if mentioned several times in the imported information must always have the same code lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 43 MySF Manager User Manual After you select the Asset Code for a column each distinct Asset Code will be listed on the right hand side of this screen along with a tick box allowing you to indicate whether or not you wish to include Events with that Asset Code to be imported and a list to select which Asset Class this Asset Code belongs to Asset Name The column designated as Asset Name should contain the name of the asset such as BHP Billiton If this column is left blank the import process will used the information under code as the name as well e Event Date This column should indicate
145. ck box should be ticked for the member Pension start date If the fund has moved to pension mode enter the date the member moved into pension phase Address Enter the members address details Deactivate Member A member can be deactivated which will not allow any processing against that member The further Information screen is used to record details of employment and beneficiaries lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 242 2 Fund Members Fund Members John Smith Maintain fund member details or create another member Personal detalis Further Information Financial Employee No Tax Fle Number 554433333 Employee No and Employer details Enter the employee number is appropriate and the employer details from the Business Card file For further help with this please see General Tips Spouse Enter the spouse of the member if appropriate For further help with this please see General Tips Tax File Number Enter the members Tax File Number Benefits Display As transactions are processes in MySF Manager the current benefit of the member are updated Beneficiaries Beneficiaries of the member can be defined and added to the member file For further help with this please see General Tips The financial tab within the member screen is used to record the members ATI Adjusted Taxable Income and the members RBL The ATI is used to calculate the liability for
146. ck on Load Settings The batch reporter contains several tabs When first using the Batch Reporter please work through the tabs from left to right You can navigate to any of the tabs at any time Select funds lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 171 MySF Manager User Manual Select Funds Define Criteria Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Please select the funds you wish to report on Funds on System Funds to be included in Reporting MySF Sample Fund Keep this ist aphabetically sorted Z Keep this ist aphabetically sorted This is where the funds from the fund Selection screen are listed and available to be selected for inclusion in a Batch Report The list on the left shows all of the funds that would be listed in the fund Selection screen and the list on the right contains those which have been selected for inclusion in Batch Reporting To move funds between the lists please select the fund you wish to move and either double click them or click on gt or lt to move it from left to right or vice versa To move all items in a list click on gt gt or lt lt Items are moved in the direction that the arrows are pointing Define Criteria Select Funds Define Criteria financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Please define the following cateria which wil apply to all reports unless specified otherwise in the following pages Financia
147. continue 4 Completing the Setup The final step in the setup process is to provide details of the file locations and add security to your fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 29 MySF Manager User Manual Setup Folder Setup Provide the folder location for your fund s files Please select folder directory locations where you will store fund files and fund backup files Fund folder C GT Super Fund Browse Fund attachments and backup Backup folder C GT Super Fund Backup Attachment folder C GT Super Fund Attachments The first field is the fund folder where the primary data of the fund is stored The second field is for the storage and default destination for backups and the final field is for the storage of attachments We suggest that you define a new folder for your fund Final Setup Procedure The final screen in the setup is to enter a user name and password Security can be turned off at a later point if you don t require it through the Menu Configuration gt Settings lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 30 Finalising Setup Financial Year 01 Usemame Password Confirm password Setup completed successfully Finalising Setup Procedure Enter a usemame and password for fund secunty OK w Loaded BAS codes w Created default GL accounts w Loaded RBL values w Created
148. creen where a transaction may be processed such as Buying Selling Assets Cash Receipt Cash Payment etc is opened You will be able to change this selection on those screen if necessary The designated primary bank account is also displayed in bold on the list Each Bank Account is kept completely separate but their cumulative totals make up the Cash asset and can be included with Financial Assets on Asset Reports The accounts in the General Ledger which correspond to these bank accounts are under Assets Financial Assets Cash Each bank account has one corresponding General Ledger account Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Bank Accounts screen 5 7 Bank Transfers Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Bank Transfer lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 137 MySF Manager User Manual This function allows you to easily transfer money between two different bank accounts within MySF Manager It will automatically generate the General Journal entries for you 7 Bank Transfer Bank Transfer Transfer cash between bank accounts Transfer Options Transfer From CBA 123455 Transfer To NAB 554321 543 20 25 10 7 2007 In this space you can enter any type of memo or note about this bank transfer To add a new bank transfer 1 In the Transfer from box select the bank account that
149. ctions can only be posted against a Detail level account lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 263 MySF Manager User Manual Number Sub Number Name Member Asset Type Current Balance Parent Level Rollover to Summary Taxable Active Account Number MySF Manager uses sub numbers to identify and track information to a very low level about either Members or Assets A member number begins with MM and an Asset with AA This is the display name of the Account If a member is associated with the account then details are contained here If an asset is associated with this account then details are contained here An account must be one of the following types Asset Liability Member Equity Revenue or Expense The current balance is the value of the account as at the present time For detail accounts this information represents just the one account For Summary Accounts this value is the aggregate of multiple accounts which make up the children of the summary accounts Only the top level of accounts do not have a parent This is the summary parent of this account The Parent can be changed at any time however it is important to understand the impact this will have on the reporting of information For further help with this please see General Tips Accounts within MySF Manager can be any level 1 through 5 The number here represents the level this account is within t
150. d It is important to ensure that you backup your fund on a regular basis and for preference use Menu Home gt Save As option to also save the file onto a storage which can be stored off site Please be aware that when you click on Save as and choose a destination MySF Manager will continue to write to that destination afterwards similar to Microsoft Office products until you click on Save as again and define a new or the original file destination The current file location that is the location of the file that you currently have open is shown in the status bar at the bottom left hand corner of MySF Manager updates or support te 0 00 Cash Fixec Au MySF Sample Fund C Sample SF Sample Fund mysf You may wish to create backup copies of your fund by using Windows Explorer to create a copy of the file into a different storage media For further help doing this please see the help associated with Windows Explorer lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 292 4 Realised Capital Losses 2 Settings Settings Maintain system settings Fund Settings Financial Folders Resised Captel Losses Display Settings Please select your prefered treatment for realised captal losses that exceed realised capital gains Resbed capital losses should be camied forward into the next financial year This also means that the losses wil not result in a fal in
151. d The following table provides a list of the indexes used under the frozen index method of calculating capital gains lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 80 Year Quarter Ending as date of Purchase 31 Mar BOJun BOSep 31 Dec 1985 71 3 72 7 1986 74 4 75 6 77 6 79 8 1987 81 4 82 684 0 85 5 1988 87 0 88 5 90 2 92 0 1989 92 9 95 2 97 4 99 2 1990 100 9 102 5 03 3 106 0 1991 105 8 106 0 106 6 107 6 1992 107 6 107 3 107 4 107 9 1993 108 9 109 3 109 8 110 0 1994 110 4 111 2 111 9 112 8 1995 114 7 116 2 117 6 118 5 1996 119 0 119 8 120 1 120 3 1997 120 5 120 2 119 7 120 0 1998 120 3 121 0 121 3 121 9 1999 121 8 122 3 123 4 N A Source ato gov au An asset which has been depreciated is not subject to capital gains unless it has been used for private purposes As a complying self managed super fund would breach the sole purpose test if this were the case and is this is therefore not catered for in MySF Manager If an asset has been depreciated the sale of the asset will be matched against the written down value of the asset The difference will be recorded as income in the profit from sale of depreciated assets account lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 81 MySF Manager User Manual 7 Selling Physical Assets Selling Commercial Property Factory
152. d continue with the task at hand L al Pr 1 Wherever you need to enter a date right click the mouse button or press Ctrl S on your keyboard 2 This will show you a selection of different date types you can place in a date field You can choose to place Today Yesterday Start Financial End Financial or Select Date with your mouse Or you can move the selection up and down using the arrows on your keyboard Pressing enter or clicking the left mouse button on your selection will select it for you Today Yesterday Start Financial Year End Financial Year Select Date 3 Select the desired date you wish to insert in the date field If you choose to insert Today today s date gets placed into the field If you choose to insert Yesterday the date before today s date gets placed into the field If you choose to insert Start Financial the start of the current financial year gets placed into the field If you choose to insert End Financial the end of the current financial year gets placed into the field If you choose to insert Select Date you will be prompted to select a date to insert in that particular date field Click the desired date to insert it into the particular date field You can scroll through the months by clicking the arrows next to the month displayed and you can select today s date by clicking the red box at the bottom of the screen with Today dd mm yyyy next to
153. d to be added Clicking on Enter cash payment or Enter cash receipt will open the appropriate screen so that entries can be processed The Print function will produce a detailed report which includes all items on the Bank Reconciliation screen Click on BankLink located under the Attachment control to Browse for an ASCII Extract of a BankLink file in the form of a csv file usually available from your financial institution which contains the entries for the given period MySF Manager will scan through this file for entries appearing in BankLink and MySF Manager for the same date and amount and tick them as reconciled Click Exit to close the Bank Reconciliation screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 141 MySF Manager User Manual 5 9 Load Opening Balances Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Load Opening Balances Opening Balances are the values that existed on 1st July for Assets Liabilities and Members accounts assuming your fund was operating last Financial Year If you had been running MySF Manager at that time the opening balances would have been rolled over from last year as a part of the Year End Roll Over Prior to entering normal transactions to the system it is advisable to load opening balances Loading Opening Balances may take some time to gather information so we allow you to save th
154. default depreciation table w Loaded payment receipt types Created default tax types w Created fund directories w Fund saved and backed up In this final step all of the files to be used by your fund are populated by MySF Manager using the information provided This includes the creation of member accounts in the General Ledger for each member The blue bar and the ticks against each of the steps shows the progress of the setup Once all of the data load is complete click Done to start using your new fund in MySF Manager 1 7 Add Content to a Fund Your fund is now setup and ready to use however it is important to do things in the following order We have created a PDF file which explains all of the steps below in greater detail Please click here to download Setup MySF Manager 1 Define Asset Classes 2 Set up Asset Allocation Categories 3 Enter historical data and create Assets 5 Load Opening Balances Assets Liabilities amp Members 6 Load Revenue and Expenses current year Cash Receipts Cash Payments or General Journals 1 8 Main Menu The main menu of MySF Manager will be the first screen you come across after selecting or creating a new fund You can choose between two different styles of the main menu please select the one that lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 31 MySF Manager User Manual you feel most comfortable with There is the Standard main menu
155. dex moves in the opposite direction as the price This divergence can be a leading indicator of a change in the current trend Money Flow Index parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the momentum default value 10 Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 208 a c gt l mz e GEL 6 an BY Prices Studies Ease Of Movement 90 Moving Average Convergence Divergence Mass Index on 80 Momentum Y Money Flow Index Negative Volume Index ong volume On Balance Volume j il n dl fi Lak i DS craving Features an Money Flow Index 0 Money Flow Index Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO oO Volume Money Flow Index 7 8 2 11 Negative Volume Index Negative volume index is a technical indicator which is often used in combination with the positive volume index to help identify bull markets The negative volume index tries to determine what smart investors are doing It is believed that when volume is high uninformed investors will sell While on slow days when volume is low smart investors will quietly buy or sell the share Negative Volume Index parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the negative volume index moving average
156. dit card or click here to download an order form and pay by cheque Version 8 0 0 Copyright MySF Pty Ltd ACN 102 845 278 info mysf com au www MySF com au Congratulations Congratulations on selecting MySF Manager We hope that this package will make managing your self managed superannuation fund easy enjoyable and successful Getting Started MySF has included a sample SMSF for you to use and leam about how this software package works We recommend that you Practice using this sample before using the system to manage your own fund The left hand side of this screen the fund selection screen and the main menu of MySF Manager contain links to important information This information can include links to tutorials updates and other important information Ay Product Activation This product has not yet been activated You can open this program another 199 times before it becomes locked Would you like to activate now Continue with the free trial of MySF Manager Activation of the software involves connecting to MySF Online on the web so you will need to have a valid internet connection available You can activate MySF Manager at any time by going to Home gt Activate MySF Manager From the Activation Screen select Activate Now The following screen will be displayed lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual r Activate
157. dlines for all your financial assets in your fund The headlines are downloaded into a list known as an RSS Feed shown within the software and when a headline is selected your default web browser is opened and directed to the link contained in the news headline Ea Note If you click on Get Latest News Feed and MySF Manager informs you that no internet connection is detected please check the status of your firewall and make sure there has been an exception made for MySF Manager In order to view the latest news headlines for the financial assets in your fund please go to Analysis and Insight from the menu at the top of the screen and click Refresh news items lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 232 El Home Assets Asset Utilities Cash and Bank Accounts Reporting Analysis and Insight Superfund Administration Configuration Yek analysis Income analysis i ag Ni AB Yield graphs lt j Expense analysis Asset values vs Technical analysis Refresh fii Market value of assets Investment strategy news items Fund performance Assets vs Strategy Technical analysis News feeds MySF Manager will then download all the latest headlines for all the financial assets in your fund and display a spinning MySF Manager logo during the download process When all the headlines have been loaded into MySF Manager the spinning logo will disappear Please go back to the News Feeds
158. down box Enter transaction details in the provided fields The screen is divided into several sections with the various transaction components see below To save progress and return at a later stage click Save progress When you return to this screen just select the bank account again and the transaction details will automatically populate the fields below If you run out of lines you can always add more by clicking the Add line button Your new section will appear at the bottom of the transaction area To process the transaction click Process This will post the transaction to the General Ledger accounts and clear the screen To edit a batch General Journal transaction Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter Filter the Report on fields to show General Journal entries that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank General Journal lt journal type gt Select the first level item of the General Journal entry you wish to edit from the items that show in the middle of the screen Click Edit transaction from the bottom of the screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 152 5 You will be prompted to select either a Major edit or a Minor edit to the transaction A major edit a
159. drawing features and technical analysis a a olu m i aH Aa GY Prices Studies LD rocnnicai Studies Configure Drawing Features Ml Quadrant Lines 19 07 2006 8 08 2006 Quadrant Lines 25 09 2006 14 11 2006 Quadrant Lines 7 12 2006 13 02 2007 12000 Quadrant Lines 6000 Signal Line Style E Dash a4 Start Date 19 07 2006 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 231 MySF Manager User Manual 7 8 3 10 Trend Line 7 9 A trend line is a line on the price or value chart of a share depicting the general direction in which the share is headed Many people believe that prevailing trends either up or down will determine where the price of a share is headed Trend Line parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Multiple trend lines may be added May be combined with other drawing features and technical analysis 2 E ole mja 1 ein QO PAlla EM Prices Studies Koj Technical Studies 36 J0 Configure Drawing Features 28 Trend Line 11 01 2007 5 06 2007 Trend Line Start Date 11 01 2007 End Date 5 06 2007 93 06 a4 Q1 07 Q2 Start Price 19 346 i j i End Price 46 33 Draw On CustomPrice RSS News Feeds Menu Analysis and Insight gt Refresh News Items MySF Manager can retrieve all the latest news hea
160. ds received from QAN i E 08 09 2006 CR0003 Dividends Dividends received from BHP Transaction processed on 31 05 2007 E 08 09 2006 CR0007 Dividends Dividends received from CPU E 03 10 2006 CR0018 Rent Rent from factory E 03 11 2006 CR0019 Rent Rent from factory amp 15 11 2006 CR0001 Dividends Dividends received from ANZ E 24 11 2006 CR0009 Dividends Dividends received from MBL 03 12 2006 CR0020 Rent Rent from factory 12 12 2006 CR0011 Dividends Dividends received from NAB When you first enter the screen the default of the Whole fund and All transactions will be displayed in date order lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 160 Report On Select either Whole fund Member or Asset Depending on which is chosen the prompts following will be slightly different Showing Where Asset or Member is chosen above this field will display either all assets or all members Select the one required Transaction type Users can select All Transactions or a specific Transaction Type If Cash Payment or Receipts are selected users can further select the Payment or Receipt type to narrow the search Show Every Transaction under this Category Click on the appropriate selection box for this selection If you Or select the date range option you will be prompted to enter a Select a Date Range for these date range transactions At times it is necessary to revers
161. e Main used to enter the physical characteristics of the asset e Financial s records the cost of the asset along with other financial details Insurance Manager used to detail insurance records and lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 59 MySF Manager User Manual 3 1 1 Tenants and Attachments where details of who the asset is leased to are recorded The minimum information required to record an asset is the short description the acquisition date and the purchase price however we suggest you take the time to add as much data as possible Data can be added at a later point as well Main Details Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class gt Main Tab The main tab is used to record the characteristics of the physical asset The tree structure on the right contains detail of all assets They are classified into current assets which are owned by the fund and sold assets 7 Managing 001 Commercial Property PY is 001 Commercial Property Factory Man financials Insurance Manager Tenants Attachments List of Assets Details Address Al Commercial Property Current 1D AAD018 Sreet 15 Bell Drive Factory Shodtname Factory Suburb Blackbum Is this an improvement to an existing Asset State Victor Yes No Country m Postcode 3130 User Defined Values Description Add New Formign Exchange Calculator H Save E Ex Editing the main details 1 C
162. e Surname DOB Address Contact Information Second Address Numbers Email Web Address Additional Details Select whether this is to be an Individual or a Business entry The screen display for each is slightly different allowing for the entry of ABN details etc If an Individual is being entered the box on the bottom left of the screen will prompt for entry of Personal Details if a Business is selected then the system will prompt for Business Information Select the Title and Sex of the Individual Enter First Name Enter Middle Name Enter Surname Enter Date of Birth Enter the Address of the Business Card Note a second address box is contained in the Contact Information Tab Enter a second address if required Enter the contact number of the Business Card Space is available to enter Business Hours After Hours Mobile and Fax Numbers Enter the email address of the Business Card Enter the Web address of the Business Card lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 287 MySF Manager User Manual 9 10 Comments This allow a free form entry of any information you wish to store about a Business Card Once you have entered all the relevant details for the Business Card click Add to save the entry The new entry will display on the right hand side of the screen along with all the other business cards These business cards are now selectable through the business ca
163. e also called Revenue Expense Asset accounts represent things owned by the fund This includes items bought outright using the fund s own money or items which were purchased using a loan Assets are generally split into two groups current and non current assets Current assets are broadly defined as anything of value that is highly liquid or is expected to be converted into cash within a year during normal operations Current assets therefore include cash marketable securities such as shares even if there is no intention of selling them and debtors also known as accounts receivable Financial assets are a subset of current assets and include cash and marketable securities only Non current assets also called fixed assets or physical assets are long term assets which are not expected to be consumed or converted to cash in less than a year s time Non current assets in a typical portfolio include property and its fittings and fixtures Non current assets may be tangible such as vehicles buildings and land or intangible such as goodwill intellectual property rights trademarks and patents Whenever you add a new financial asset in the software such as shares MySF Manager will create the asset record and a new account in the General Ledger of accounts to represent that holding A new lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 301 MySF Manager User Manual account is created for each pa
164. e GEL A6 Aa g Prices Studies Technical Studies 100 JU 85 A Configure Drawing Features Gann Fan 19 09 2006 10 05 2007 Fibonacci Arcs 20 09 2006 26 02 2007 70 Fibonacci Fan 21 09 2006 8 1 1 2006 Volume 14000 Fibonacci Fan 7000 Signal Line Style E Dash m Start Date 21 09 2006 7 Q3 06 as a1 07 Q2 End Date 8 11 2006 att Start Price 66 End Price 81 3 RIO M Volume Draw On GlosePrice 7 8 3 4 Fibonacci Retracements In technical analysis Fibonacci retracement is created by connecting two extreme points usually a major high and low on a share chart and dividing the vertical distance by the key Fibonacci ratios of 23 6 38 2 50 61 8 and 100 Once these levels are identified horizontal lines are drawn which are in turn used to identify possible support and resistance levels Fibonacci Retracements parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Signal line style Multiple sets of Fibonacci retracements may be added May be combined with other drawing features and technical analysis lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 226 a2 0 olt m E QEIL A6 2a x Prices Studies Technical Studies Configure Drawing Features FA n N Fibonacci Retracements 19 07 2006 14 02 12000 Fibonacci Retracements 6000 Signal Lin
165. e Style E Dash Start Date 19 07 2006 a3 06 as Q107 92 End Date 14 02 2007 pia Start Price 43 05 nF End Price 51 35 CBA M Volume Draw On GosePrice 7 8 3 5 Fibonacci Time Zones Fibonacci time zones are an indicator used by technical traders to identify periods in which the price of an asset will experience a significant amount of movement Fibonacci time zones consist of a series of vertical lines that correspond to the sequence of numbers known as Fibonacci numbers 1 2 3 5 8 13 etc The starting point is normally a day on which there was a major move One this start position is chosen a vertical line is placed on every subsequent day that corresponds to the position in the Fibonacci number sequence Fibonacci numbers are a sequence of numbers where each successive number is the sum of the two previous numbers For reasons unknown these numbers play an important role in determining relative areas where the prices of financial assets experience large price moves or change direction The four popular Fibonacci studies are arcs fans retracements and time zones Fibonacci Time Zones parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Signal line style Multiple sets of Fibonacci time zones may be added May be combined with other drawing features and technical analysis lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved
166. e a transaction and reprocess a new transaction which can be done automatically in this screen by clicking on Reverse transaction If and when a transaction is reversed Transaction Reporter will suppress the original transaction and its reversal to avoid clutter on the screen If you wish to see them displayed then please tick the Show reversals transactions box underneath the selection criteria fields Once the selection is entered a list of transactions meeting the criteria requested will be displayed The first line of each transaction is displayed with a sign and can be expanded by clicking on the line Details related to the selected line are displayed on the right hand side of the split screen When the selected line is expanded all of the Journal entry lines from the transaction are shown Double clicking on a line in the journal will bring up the General Ledger account with all transactions charged against that account for the current financial year Attachments Any Attachments added to a transaction can be viewed through this function Through this function Attachments can also be added to a transaction after it has been processed For further help with adding attachments please see General Tips View Journal Entry To display the detailed Journal that was originally entered you can click View Journal Entry This closed loop approach provides total visibility to the user of all entries Reverse Transaction This screen is
167. e been allocated Demerger Date Select the date on which the Demerger occurs Only those Shares owned at that date will be displayed Value of Demerged Entity as a This is a percentage such as 7 234 and represents the Percentage of Total Entity VDEP percentage in value terms of the new entity Using the information entered MySF Manager will calculate the value per unit of the Old shares and the New shares Shares are allocated across separate records based on the date the old shares were acquired Journal entries will be created and Asset entries will also be adjusted and created as necessary Once entry has been completed click on Process to create the new entries Click Exit to close the Demergers screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 4 5 Splits and Consolidations Menu Asset Utilities gt Split Consolidation Splits and consolidations in MySF Manager are used to change the number of shares owned of an asset and the associated cost base of the asset No journal entries are generated from the transaction lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 98 4 6 1 Splits and Consolidations Splits and Consolidations BHP 13 09 2005 BHP 02 11 2005 1 2 3 BHP 03 02 2006 4 BHP 04 04 2006 As with the other Share Utilities the user selects the Share code and enters the effective date for the split Only shares owned a
168. e capitalised portion of any acquisition costs less any amounts recovered Examples These examples below assume that you are setting up a new fund for a financial year sometime after 2003 If you purchased 1 000 units in XYZ in 1998 for 15 50 each and paid 40 as brokerage fee then the total cost of the asset was 15 50 x 1 000 40 15 540 If you have not sold any of these units and had not received any tax deferred income for this asset and units in XYZ were not subject to any corporate actions then the cost base per unit of XYZ would lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 309 MySF Manager User Manual 10 5 be 15 54 15 540 1000 units and the number of units would be 1 000 When adding this asset through the Add Manage Asset screen you would enter 15 54 into the Cost per unit field and enter 1 000 for Number of Units Purchased Other fields such as brokerage would stay blank The opening balance of the asset s account should be 15 54 x 1 000 15 540 If you received tax deferred income say in 1999 such as a tax deferred component of a distribution or a capital return the cost base per unit would fall For example if you received a distribution which included 310 00 of tax deferred income then the cost base of the asset would fall by the tax deferred amount In this case the reduction in cost base per unit would be 310 00 1 000 0 31 The cost base per unit would
169. e lim Ee QO PaA BY Prices Studies 100 Accumulation Distribution 90 Average True Range Chaikin Oscillator 80 Commodity Channel Index on L M Detrended Price Oscillator U Ease Of Movement sappy Volume Moving Average Convergence Divergence g ba j hal i n r h l W J DS crewing Features 0 Detrended Price Oscillator Detrended Price Oscillator 9 SINNA F aoa OER rm P Son LS 0 ANA ere a meen M AN TK NT LR i Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO M Volume Detrended Price Oscillator 7 8 2 6 Ease of Movement Ease of movement indicator is a price and volume study that shows the relationship between volume and price change This indicator shows how much volume is required to move prices High ease of movement values occur when prices are moving upward on light volume Low ease of movement values occur when prices are moving downward on light volume If prices are not moving or if heavy volume is required to move prices then the indicator will also be near zero A buy signal is indicated when the ease of movement crosses above zero because this shows that prices are moving up more easily A sell signal is indicated when the ease of movement crosses below zero because this means that prices are moving down more easily The ease of movement indicator is normally plotted together with a moving average Ease of movement parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculatin
170. e lines will go to different codes in the GST statement The first line will go against G11 Non Capital Purchases including any GST while the second line will go against G15 Estimated Purchases for private use or not income tax deductible You need to take extreme care in processing the GST Some Sales items will need to be added to G4 and also to G1 which is why two columns are provided to summary The first column should be used lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 156 to tag a transaction to G2 G3 or G4 and the second column to summarise to G1 if appropriate If unsure as to which transactions to include please consult your advisor or refer to the ATO guidelines document nat3030 available from the ATO website www ato gov au Once all items are classified click on View BAS Calculations from the bottom of the screen The following screen will be displayed based on the codes you have entered 1 BAS Calculation Worksheet BAS Calculations Use the calculation sheet method to work out GST amounts Tax Period 01 07 2003 to 30 06 20 Name GST amounts you owe the ATO from sales G1 Total sales fncludng any GST G2 Export sales G3 Other GST free sales G4 Input taxed sales G5 G2 G3 G4 G6 Total sales subject to GST G1 G5 G7 Adjustments f applicable You can also enter a Memo to record any issues related to this transaction All changes must be record
171. e list without processing and come back at a later time to edit the values When you proceed with the posting of Opening Balances a journal will be produced which posts all amounts to the General Ledger The journal can be viewed through the transaction reporter Even if you have processed load opening balances you can add additional entries and process them again with different accounts Gh Load Opening Balances Load Opening Balances Load your fund s opening balances into fund accounts Date 01 7107 2006 Memo Load opening balances To increase the balance of an asset account enter the amount in the Debt field Note that Accumulated Depreciation accounts are negative assets and need to have a Credit balance a Assets Balance j Debt Credit 1050 Current Assets 1100 Cash 110 CHAZ SS ooo ee cesses Dre s000 1115 Accounts Receivable 0 00 1120 Contributions Receivable s000 1125 Dividends Receivable E 0 00 1130 Interest Receivable eet nee 0 00 s000 1100 Propold Ep cn Roanne eect a 0 00 0 00 0 00 Where an asset was acquired in a previous financial year it is important to make sure that the values that are loaded reflect what has happened to the value of that asset SMSFs are required to value their portfolio at the end of each financial year The following example relates Assume the fund purchased a commercial property for 200 000 on ist July
172. e of income exempt from tax lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 253 MySF Manager User Manual 4 Member Allocation Table DER Year End Process Allocation Percentages Member Allocation Table Accounts Alocations Actuarial Allocations 2610 Member s Surcharge Lisb ty Opening Balance Preserved Taxable Opening Balance Preserved Non Taxable Opening Balance Unrestricted Non Preserved Taxable Opening Balance Unrestricted Non Preserved Non Taxable Opening Balance Restricted Non Preserved Taxable Opening Balance Restricted Non Preserved Non Taxable Employer Contributions Preserved Employer Contributions Undeducted Employer Contributions Non Preserved Employer Contributions Concessional Employer Contributions Non Concessional Employer Contributions Excessive EEE Allocation percentages are calculated for each member based on the selected formula By default the selected formula is These formula s when selected will automatically calculate each members allocation percentage The result of each formula will yield a slightly different percentage amount for each member Note that these percentages can be overridden but must total to 100 Actuarial percentages are used if any member is in pension mode and the fund has been set to use actuarial percentages in profit and loss calculations this is available as an option under Configuration gt Settings If this is the case actuar
173. e one below Proceed i Process the following transaction CR CBA 1234555 562 00 DR 5140 Council Rates 562 00 Loves JIL The message box provides an on line view of the journal Entries that are about to be processed to the General Ledger Click on Yes to proceed with the entry Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Cash Payments screen 5 2 1 Pensions This is used to process a pension payment against the nominated bank account for the amount specified lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual 123 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 3 7 a Pensions Pensions Processing a pension payment against CBA 123455 for 512 00 Member John Smith Account 5705 MM0001 Pensions Paid Preserved Smith John Select the member who has paid the pension payment in the Member selection box Select the account to use for this payment in the Account selection box If the pension payment is to be counted towards RBL Reasonable Benefits Limit place a tick in the box Enter the Gross payment and the amount of PAYG tax in the appropriate fields The Net amount will be automatically calculated Click Save to process the pension payment and produce the General Journal entries Click Exit to close the Pensions screen Quick Add Dividends Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Dividend
174. e same environment as all other data and is therefore backed up every time you back up the MySF Manager data Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Minute Recording screen To Do List Menu Superfund Administration gt To Do List MySF Manager includes a To Do List Task Manager which allows tasks to be added to the Calendar The To Do List classifies tasks into Complete and Incomplete and allows entry of a reminder Each time a user opens MySF Manager the Calendar is checked to determine if there are any items which need to be addressed The user is prompted to View the Task List and a list of items scheduled in the Calendar are displayed lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 238 GE To Do List To Do List Process cash payment and cash receipt for maintenance and rent received on OFFICE BLOCK physical asset High Process cash pa To add a new to do task click Add New from the right hand side of the screen Task The first 15 characters of the task description will display on the right hand side of the screen along with the priority Task Date This is the scheduled date of the task Reminder Select Yes or No if you want to add another date as a reminder for this task Reminder Date Enter the reminder date Priority Select High Medium or Low for the priority of this task Completed When the task is compl
175. e see Market Value of Assets Click revalue assets to open the Asset Revaluation screen For further help with this please see Asset Revaluations Asset Allocations Market Values of Assets Income Spending Market Value of Assets including Cash more detail revalue assets 700 000 600 000 i ee et eee ae 500 000 400 000 Value 300 000 200 000 100 000 0 30 06 2006 31 08 2006 31 10 2006 31 12 2006 28 02 2007 30 04 2007 e Income Displays a breakdown or income sources and expense distributions This is the result of all transactions entered Click more detail under the Sources of Income pie chart to open the Income Analysis screen For further help with this please see Income Analysis Asset Allocations Market Values of Assets Income Spending BB Distribution 13 76 BB Dividends 7 98 E Employer Contribution 3 99 D ETP Rollin 38 52 M interest 2 57 EM Member Contribution 4 07 HB Neither 0 44 HB Rent 26 42 M Sale226 Spending Displays a breakdown of expense destinations and expense distributions lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 35 MySF Manager User Manual This is the result of all transactions entered Click more detail under the Destinations of Expenses to open the Expense Analysis screen For further help with this please see Expense Analysis Asset Allocations Market Value
176. e the original transaction and process the edited transaction 8 Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter aS To reverse a General Journal entry 1 Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter 2 Filter the Report on fields to show cash receipts that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank General Journals lt journal type gt 3 Select the first level item of the General Journal entry you wish to reverse from the items that show in the middle of the screen 4 Click Reverse transaction from the bottom of the screen 5 You will be prompted to enter a memo for this reversal this is not compulsory Click Ok to continue 6 You will be shown the transactions that are going to be processed and asked to confirm the reversal of the transaction Click Yes to process the reversal otherwise click No to cancel 7 Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 145 MySF Manager User Manual Journal Ref This is a display only field of the reference for this journal Amount Enter the total amount of this transaction including any taxes Sale Purchase or This is used if GST is involved in the transaction For BAS reporting Neither purposes if a Sale or Purchase
177. e the previous super fund the member belonged to Once all data has been entered for the ETP Roll in click Save MySF Manager will return back to the Cash Receipt screen Users are then required to enter the accounts to be used and the amount of each in the standard fashion Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Cash Payment or Cash Receipt screen Bank Accounts Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Manage Bank Accounts This is where new bank accounts can be added to the system or you can designate a different bank account as default lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 136 GB Bank Accounts Bank Accounts CBA 1234555 Maintain the Fund s bank accounts Bank Accounts Al bark accounts 1101 CBA 1234555 is this the Fund s primary bank account CBA Smith Super Knox 063083 1234555 Active Activate deactivate 51994130 View transactions Select a Bank Account from the list on the right to view its details or click on Add New to begin creating a new bank account After you have entered all of the relevant details click Add Up to 10 bank accounts may be added for any one fund in MySF Manager Please make sure that you designate the most frequently used account as the primary account by ticking Is this the fund s primary bank account The primary bank account will be selected when any s
178. e total of the Taxable and Non Taxable amounts must equal the Gross amount entered CGT 1 3 Discount Three boxes are displayed for entry of values The Gross amount Taxable amount and Non Taxable The total of the Taxable and Non Taxable amounts must equal the Gross amount entered The entries made in the distribution screen will generate entries to the General Ledger The account chosen will be used only for franked and unfranked amounts All other entries will post a credit against the appropriate account in the General Ledger MySF Manager will split the distribution amount amongst the various parcels of shares owned by the fund For example if you have three purchases of XYZ shares the program will divide the distribution amount proportionally to each parcel This enables the software to track income for each share purchase for the purposes of accurate reporting and record keeping You can use the auto calculate feature to calculate the franking percentage or imputation amount for a dividend received Simply enter the imputation credit amount or the franking percentage and the value will automatically appear in the relevant field You can turn this feature off by ticking the Do not auto calculate check box E3 Note This feature uses the company tax rate setting found under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial You can modify this setting at any time It is important to note that Capital Gain Tax Liability is calculated initi
179. eading Once a section is selected you can edit the detail contents in the text editor window by clicking in the text field to the right You can add additional section headings as required to document your investment strategy completely by clicking on New Section You can remove a section heading at any time by selecting the section heading you wish to remove and clicking Remove Section The asset allocation categories are also imported automatically into the strategy document as section headings and detailed text can be inserted if required against each For Example If the asset category was international shares you may choose to detail which types of shares you will invest in eg Technology Resources etc on which exchange It may also include any specific shares you do not want to hold As an alternative to re keying your strategy you may choose to cut and paste the text from documents prepared by your financial advisor Provision is also made to attach a copy of a strategy document prepared by your advisor Both the text entered and the pie graph generated can be exported or printed as required by clicking on Print Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Investment Strategy screen Recording Minutes Menu Superfund Administration gt Minutes As a part of compliance fund managers should record details related to decisions made by the members This function in MySF Manager a
180. ear in a new column on the report Comparisons with the past financial year are available with the following reports Profit and Loss Balance Sheet Trial Balance Cash Flow Report Tool Report Tool Buld and generate financial reports and member reports Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Select financial report type g Report Criteria Select date range Profit and Loss Report Operating Statement The Profit and Loss or Operating Statement as it is now called is designed to show the Profit or Loss from a Tax perspective In the General Ledger setup accounts are defined to be either Taxable or Non Taxable This flag is used to determine whether an account is included in the report and in the profit calculations lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 163 MySF Manager User Manual You can select a number of options to shape the display of the report A date range can be entered and you can also select to show details or to view the report at a summary level Account Numbers can be suppressed and non assessable income and non deductible expenses can also be displayed Select financial report type Proft and Loss v Repot Criteria Select date range 01 7 07 7 2003 30 7 06 7 2004 C Show detai _ Hide account numbers C List non assessable tems C include account notes The report will show the Profit Loss for the fund and calculate the likely tax liab
181. ed here will be compared against the value in the MySF Manager General Ledger for the selected bank account The difference value is calculated dynamically each time an item is tagged as being reconciled The aim is to get the value in the difference field to zero As with many areas of MySF Manager documents can be attached as backup documentation for the transaction We would suggest that a scanned or electronic copy of the Bank statement be added For further help with this please see General Tips The formula used to calculate the Difference is Difference MySF Manager Balance Debit Entries Credit Entries Bank Statement Balance lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 140 Viewing Previous Bank Reconciliations If you have processed bank reconciliations in the past you can review them at any time by clicking on View past reconciliations You can select the reconciliation date to view a summary of the bank balance and bank account 7 oge a Past Reconciliations Past Reconciliations View past bank reconciliations Select date 30 06 2004 CBA 1234555 z Bank balance 12 441 30 Bank account CBA 1234555 Clicking Print will display a report of all reconciled items for the selected bank reconciliation record Other Options on the Bank Reconciliation Screen Often when reconciling the Bank account there will be entries that nee
182. ed on the previous screen To process the BAS statement click Process The Process function will generate a journal entry which does the following Dr GST Collected and Dr or Cr GST Payable Refundable depending on the balance Cr GST Paid Payments to or receipts from the ATO should be posted against the GST Payable Refundable account Click Exit to close the BAS Report screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 157 MySF Manager User Manual 5 14 2 4 Previous BAS Reports Previous BAS Reports Previous BAS Reports View previous BAS statements over past periods 01 07 2003 to 30 09 2003 DR 2520 CR 2110 OR 2110 CR 2510 GST Paid 282 64 GST amounts you owe the ATO from sales G1 Total sales ncludng any GST G2 Export sales G3 Other GST free sales G4 Input taxed sales G5 G2 G3 G4 G6 Total sales subject to GST G1 G5 G7 Adjustments applicable G8 Total sales subject to GST after adjustments G6 G7 G9 GST on sales G8 11 GST amounts the ATO owes you from purchases G10 Capital purchases including any GST G11 Non captal purchases including any GST G12 G10 G11 G13 Purchases from making input taxed sales G14 Purchases without GST in the price merme Click Exit to close the Previous BAS Reports screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Previous BAS When a
183. ems on the right 4 You need to add depreciation items which will add to the Value of the Asset shown at the top right of the screen The current value of depreciation items that have been added so far are shown in the top right also Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the Value of lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 67 MySF Manager User Manual 3 1 5 Asset and the Total Value of Depreciation Items in the top right of the screen are equal 5 Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund ID Description Date of Acquisition Days Held this Financial Period Cost Opening Adjustable Value Depreciation Method Effective Life years Percentage Rate This is the ID of the Depreciation item within the asset and is generated by the system This is a short description you give the item e g Carpet Enter the date the item was acquired Based on the date of acquisition this is a calculated field used to apportion the annual depreciation expense This is the cost including any capitalised expenses of the depreciation item For a new item this defaults to the cost At the end of each financial period after depreciation has been processed and rollover completed this will reflect the cost less the accumulated depreciation Select either Diminishing Value or Straight Line Enter the expected effective life for this item in years This is a calculated figu
184. eneral Netherlands AOSEAX OSE All Share Norway AMIBTEL MIBTel Italy AIXX ISE National 100 Turkey ASMSI Madrid General Spain AOMXSPI Stockholm General Sweden ASSMI Swiss Market Switzerland AFTSE FTSE 100 United Kingdom 7 7 5 Africa and Middle East Major World Indices ACCSI CMA Egypt ATA100 TA 100 Israel 7 8 Technical Analysis Menu Analysis and Insight gt Technical Analysis Technical Analysis is a method of evaluating shares by analyzing statistics generated by market activity such as past prices and volume lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 189 MySF Manager User Manual Ga Technical Analysis Technical Analysis Exchange Australian Rock Exd v Start Date 01 07 7 2006 Code RO End Date 30 7106 2007 a o olu ma eade 2p 7a Bolinger Bands ClEnvelope Trading Band _JExponential Moving Average Median price Simple Moving Average 10 C Simpie Moving Average 50 L_ Simple Moving Average 200 Triangular Moving Average Typical price W Technical Studies N Drawing Features Bollinger Bands 31 07 2006 3009 2006 30 11 2006 3101 2007 31 03 2007 31 05 2007 RIO BB Volume To draw a technical analysis chart 1 Select the exchange that you wish to view data from The technical analysis data is only available for the 50 default MySF Manager exchanges 2 Enter the code that belongs to the above exc
185. ent lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 269 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Notes to accounts Notes to accounts Currently using Version 2 as the funds account notes Master notes Versions Note account inks Select a note from the ist to view or edt ts details Cick Add new to add a note to the master file The Master Al notes a notes wil be used as a template for creating User defined versions of notes NO1 Summary of Signficant NO02 Accruals Basis NO3 Assets Note number NO4 Copy from NOS Income Tax Short name Income Tax N05 Benefits Paid and Pay NO6 Vested Benefits Text NO7 Guaranteed Benefits NOS Income Tax NOS Reconciliation of Net N010 Reconcitation of Cas NO11 in the opinion of the N01 Bnanrial Qatemarte gt v 3 O Ad New B ohnatete Oce ae _ The Notes to the Accounts functionality uses the Text Editor to edit the data held against each note Functions on the Screen Copy from is used to create a new note using an existing note as a base In the Notes Master list the number or name is not important because the numbers to be used in the Reports are the numbers created under the version setup To create a copy of an existing note select Copy from and then select the new number or name of the Note Define Text is used to add new text or edit the text of an existing note As with other uses of the Text Editor throughout MyS
186. entry but wish to save your lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 143 MySF Manager User Manual progress so that you can come back to it later please click on Save Progress Click Exit to close the Load Opening Balances screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 5 10 General Journals Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Journal Processing Note There may be situations where you need to enter a transaction in a new financial E3 year without having rolled over the previous year To do this you will need to change the financial year setting under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial Enter the new financial year start and end dates and click Save When you return to transaction entry the system will allow you to enter new year transactions Remember to change the financial year dates back to the previous year when rolling over General Journals operate in a very similar manner to Cash Payments and Cash Receipts These journals are used to enter transactions against a specific account when there is no payment or receipt involved The other key difference is that users can enter Debits and Credits against any account VOF FA General Journal General Journal Entry Process general joumal entries on general ledger accounts Joumal Ref New line tem Account v 5150 General Expenses v 1101 CBA 123455 v None v None To
187. ents asset account CR Members Accounts split to each member Revaluations are used to represent the current value of the assets in your fund s portfolio The revalued amount can be used within the Analysis Reporting to reflect the yield your fund has made based on the current value of the assets Revaluations can be done in two places within MySF Manager In the Add or Manage Assets screen an asset can be revalued on the Financial s Tab The second area for revaluation is through the Housekeeping Menu lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 91 MySF Manager User Manual Asset Revaluation Table fu BR Asset Revaluation Table Revake Al Financial Assets Manage Valuation Shares November 2007 gt i Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 1 3 4 Selecting a date wil 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 display the market value 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 in the value field 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 A value of 0 00 2 27 3 2 5 indicates that there is no price data for the C Today 29 05 2008 selected date Selected Date 02 I 11 I 2007 Foreign Value 45 00 AUD When an asset is added to MySF Manager the original value of the asset is recorded in the Asset Revaluation Table This becomes the base entry Original Price for the asset A history of all revaluations is stored against the asset and can be viewed by expanding the sign on the left hand side of the screen To enter a new revaluation select the a
188. equity as they are caried forward as 8 contraisbilty Rested capital losses should flow through to equity and cause a reduction in equity This means that capital losses will not be camied forward and therefore will not be used to offset gains in future years You can select between two options for how you want MySF Manager to deal with realised capital losses This setting comes into effect when calculating losses and processing them during the year end rollover Option 1 Realised capital losses should be carried forward into the next financial year This also means that the losses will not result in a fall in equity as they are carried forward as a contr liability Option 2 Realised capital losses should flow through to equity and cause a reduction in equity This means that capital losses will not be carried forward and therefore will not be used to offset gains in future years 5 Display Settings Here you can choose which type of main menu you want displayed whether you want tips to be shown when you hover over a field throughout the software and also set the colours for the asset allocation charts for further help with chart functionality please see General Tips lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 293 MySF Manager User Manual V4 Settings Settings Maintain system settings Fund Settings Financial Folders Reaksed Captal Losses Display Settings Main Menu Use classi
189. er 104 11 Complete Past Dividend Distribution Details sens 105 12 Financial ASS tS EdIt r 58 fan cnsesusdacnecnnenaspensdeaseewnatesnenddaanpennerady ent mnt n annee ren Rte 109 13 Transaction Corrections inner imitant ten aimant 111 Part V Cash and Bank Accounts 111 T Cash Receipts 2 00 5 de dt aa seed 111 BIRAO Tao K rase A E RE S sen sens nn se este ns ase nent nec sde sen ee ent nn ane ete E E N 115 DISTHDUTIONS 5 cteesceucccesceccstsscccnssccceereesecesauceeeaeceescbuescaseccessacceersucoessaptedevuscuesueterssscbessstoees E E T 116 2 Cash Payments sieisen nn M nn le RA ans rite ie nes etienne 119 P nsiOns e e E E ent ne nn den E E ee do ete ne nie den nue eee E ed er teen een Une ans Es ee 122 3 Quick Add Dividends 5 32520 int ste dilemme ee a el is eee 123 4 Quick Add Distributions sssmnnnsenensnennnnneennennnnennenneennennnes 127 DS A aeol oTe eE E EEE at E al arche cent le dant ete et sl ee 131 6 Bank ACCOUNTS 85 ne nes ates sa deatenseenteeesudenuceuueacderendecddeeueeteessndusnceeuses 135 7 Bank TRAMSTGMIS a a aa aer aa e aeaa paaa a a aaa A a ara araa ni Anne meet en ana dl ns AHA ASAH ORENA 136 8 Bank Rec ncilhati n ssassn sn nn a ea aE Eaa aaaea aaae paa aaia 138 9 Load Opening Balances 3 08 aaa aa Hea anaa anaa 141 10 General Journals sinnini AARAA ARARA td ea 143 11 Regular Transactions in issssnrrennennnnennnnennennnnennennnenneneneennnnnee 146 12 Predetimed Transactions s sisien e rae nn
190. er capitalised costs involved in this transaction that have been included in the price For example if 1 000 units were purchased for 1 each and the complete price of 1000 included 50 brokerage and 5 non claimable GST the Brokerage column should contain 50 After all columns have been appropriately identified please select which Codes should be included in the import by ticking the box next to the code on the right half of the screen and which Assets Classes those codes belong to by selecting the appropriate Asset Class from the list on the right of the Asset Code 3 Information Assignment lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 44 7 Import Asset History Import Asset History File and Format Definition Column Information Information Assignment BUY SELL CORPORATE ACTION CAPITAL RETURN Defaut Bank Account CBA 1234555 v inport from Al Transactions in file those in previous financial years wil be used to establish opening balances O Onlythosedstedtrom z v to s izi Et impot Data On the Information Assignment Screen please begin by identifying which column containing what type of information signals that an event is a Buy Sell Corporate Action or Capital Return For example you may be importing a spreadsheet which has a column called Event containing B for Buy and S for Sale In this case you would choose Event from Column Headings fo
191. er the Report on fields to show cash receipts that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank Cash Receipts lt receipt type gt Select the first level item of the cash receipt you wish to reverse from the items that show in the middle of the screen Click Reverse transaction from the bottom of the screen You will be prompted to enter a memo for this reversal this is not compulsory Click Ok to continue You will be shown the entries that will be made to the General Journal and asked to confirm the reversal of the transaction Click Yes to process the reversal otherwise click No to cancel Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 114 Journal Ref Deposit to Account Payor Reference Number Amount Date Memo Receipt Type Amount Line Item Member Asset Account Tax Type Attach Documents This is a display only field of the reference for this journal The Default Bank Account is selected and can be changed if you have other bank accounts defined For further help defining bank accounts please see Bank Accounts This uses the Browse and Select function Click on the Browse tag and either select a Payor from the Business Card File or add a new Business Card This can be any reference such as your invoice number Enter the
192. eral Journal and asked to confirm the reversal of the transaction Click Yes to process the reversal otherwise click No to cancel 7 Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 121 MySF Manager User Manual Journal Ref Paying from Pay to Cheque Number Amount Date Memo Payment Type Amount Line Item Member Asset Account Tax Type Attach Documents This is a display only field of the reference for this journal The Default Bank Account is selected and can be changed if you have other bank accounts defined For further help defining bank accounts please see Bank Accounts This uses the Browse and Select function Click on the Browse tag and either select a Payee from the Business Card File or add a new Business Card This can be the cheque number or the reference used to identify this item from the bank account statement It could be an internet reference or BPay reference Enter the total amount of this transaction including any taxes Enter the date of the transaction The date must be in the current financial year and should not be future dated The Memo is used to enter a description of the transaction Select from the Payment Types in the drop down box New payment types can be added at any time For further help with this please see Payment and Receipt Types Enter the first Line item amount
193. et It is most likely that when an asset is acquired the individual pieces to be depreciated are different For example A commercial building is defined as the asset however the items which make up that asset will include the building shell fittings carpets etc Each with its own useful life The depreciation processing can be done at any time throughout the year for all assets or for just selected assets 2 Process Depreciation Depreciation Process depreciation for fund assets Asset Class Commercial Property Asset Office Block v Pedicem Depreciationto 30 106 2004 This Asset has been Depreciated through to 12 07 1999 Opening Adjustable Accumulated Depreciation Value Rate Depreciation Expense 200 000 00 2 500 0 00 5 013 70 Method 20 000 00 6 667 0 00 1 336 99 To process depreciation 1 Create a new physical asset and create a depreciation schedule For further help with this please see Depreciation Schedule 2 Open the process depreciation screen by going to Asset Utilities gt Process depreciation 3 Select the asset class from the first drop down box and select the asset you wish to process depreciation for in the second drop down box lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual Enter the date you wish to process depreciation up to in the date fields to the right of the screen For further help with date fields ple
194. eted tick this box Once the new task has been added click Save to file away your changes Click Exit to close the To Do List screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 239 MySF Manager User Manual 8 4 8 5 Calendar Menu Superfund Administration gt Monthly View The Calendar function has a monthly view which displays all defined tasks which are scheduled on or prior to the day selected 4 Calendar To Do Tasks on or Before this Day A You can double click an item in the To Do Task list on the right which will open the To Do List screen with the selected task shown Additional entries can be added to the calendar by typing the entry against the time slot on the specific day Click on Save to file away any changes Click Exit to close the Calendar screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Fund Details Menu Superfund Administration gt Fund Details lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 240 This screen allows the viewing and editing of fund information entered through the initial setup wizard 4 Fund Details Fund Details Martain important fund information Fund Type SMSF v Fund Name Fund Shortnamne 14 SF Sample Fund Trust ABN No 22334455
195. ew and Edit Sale Records Select the financial asset class that the financial asset you wish to reverse belongs to in the first drop down field 8 In the middle of the screen all sold assets of the selected class and date range will be shown Click on Reverse next to the sale you wish to reverse If you have sold multiple holdings of the asset on separate lines back on the Sell Financial Asset screen you will need to reverse every single one of that asset that is shown here for the date of the sale You will prompted with a warning and if you are sure you wish to reverse the sale click sou lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 86 Yes otherwise click No 9 Click Exit to close the View and Edit Sales Records screen 10 Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Selling Number of units Sale price Sale Date For pre 88 assets use Cost of Sale Tax type on Cost Tax Amount Select from the drop down list for assets within the selected asset class Once selected all assets with that asset code will be displayed with their details This is the number of units to be sold Note if you wish to use different techniques for valuation or calculation you may need to enter more than one transaction This is the price per unit This is the date that will be used to calculate capital gains Only those assets owned prior to the sale da
196. exported files click on Browse and select a folder If you would like MySF Manager to remember the selections and settings from the Export so that they can be used again click on Save Settings This will bring up a dialog box so that you can select where you would like to save this definition To load settings that have been saved to a file click on Load Settings to locate and load the file lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 52 2 Data Formatting On the data formatting screen you can define exactly what pieces of information you wish to export and in what format 7 Export Data Export Data Setup Data Formatting Account Structure Export Data Formatting General Format FM Compress Account Structure Numeric Account identifiers Only Exclude Inactive Accounts FM Show Currency as Numbers only Information to Include Available for Export For each of Accounts Transactions Business Cards and Asset Listing there are a number of choices regarding the formatting of the data when it is exported These formatting choices break down into two areas General Formatting and Information to Include Information to Include In the Information to Include section you can select what pieces of data you wish to export about a particular area such as accounts The list on the left shows the pieces of information which are available for inclusion in the export
197. f assets on the right 3 Please fill in all required fields for your physical asset Descriptions of each field are listed below 4 Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 69 MySF Manager User Manual 3 1 6 Managed by Insurer Insured Value Policy Number Policy Description Policy Start Date Policy Renewal Date Tenants in Common Is this a Segregated Asset If the asset is managed by another person or company use the Browse and Select screen to select the business card An example would be a real estate agent for a commercial property For further help with this please see General Tips Use the Browse and Select function to select the insurance company business card For further help with this please see General Tips Enter the insured value of the asset Enter the policy number Provide a description of the policy This may include any items that are covered as replacement value etc Enter the policy start date Enter the policy renewal date Enter the names of any joint owners of the asset This is done using the Browse and Select from the Business Card file If there are any other owners of the asset the percentage of your funds ownership should be entered in the financial Tab For further help with this please see General Tips Any asset in MySF Manager can be tagged as being a segregated asset A
198. f 2x1 in this case In other words if one of rays is broken then the price consolidation should be expected to occur lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 223 MySF Manager User Manual near the next ray Gann Fan parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Multiple guided Gann fans may be drawn anywhere onto the chart area Value to use as basis for Gann fans open low high close adjusted close a c gt H m e QUIL Qo fale GY Prices Studies Technical Studies Configure Drawing Features vi Gann Fan 19 09 2006 10 05 2007 Gann Fan Start Date 19 09 2006 End Date 10 05 2007 Start Price 66 79 End Price 91 88 Draw On ClosePrice 7 8 3 2 Fibonacci Arcs Fibonacci Arcs are a charting technique consisting of three curved lines that are drawn for the purpose of anticipating key support and resistance levels and areas of ranging Fibonacci arcs are created by first drawing an invisible trend line between two points on the chart which are usually the high and low in a given period This is then used to draw three curves that intersect this trend line at the key Fibonacci levels of 38 2 50 and 61 8 Transaction decisions are made when the price of the asset crosses through these key levels Fibonacci Arcs parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Signal line
199. f tax has been withheld from this receipt tick the box and enter the amount amount of the tax withheld in the available field Unfranked Amount If there is an unfranked amount enter the amount in this field MySF Manager will split the dividend amount amongst the various parcels of shares owned by the fund For example if you have three purchases of XYZ shares the program will divide the dividend amount proportionally to each parcel This enables the software to track income for each share purchase for the purposes of accurate reporting and record keeping You can use the auto calculate feature to calculate the franking percentage or imputation amount for a dividend received Simply enter the imputation credit amount or the franking percentage and the value will automatically appear in the relevant field You can turn this feature off by ticking the Do not auto calculate check box E3 Note This feature uses the company tax rate setting found under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial You can modify this setting at any time Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Distributions For a Distribution Receipt Type additional values will be prompted for Only some of the values will generally be required Users should select the Dividends Received Account 4110 This is an Income account The initial entry created by MySF Manager will DR Bank CR Distributions Received lt 2003 2010 gt
200. fall in price Similarly if the relative strength index approaches 30 it may be an indication that the asset is being oversold and therefore likely to become undervalued Large surges and drops in the price of an asset will affect the relative strength indicator by creating false buy or sell signals therefore the relative strength indicator is best used as a valuable complement to other share picking tools Relative Strength Index parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the relative strength index Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 215 MySF Manager User Manual a c gt l mz e GEL Qo 2an GY Prices Studies Relative Strength Index 90 Standard Deviation Lanes Stochastics TRIX Vertical Horizontal Filter Volatility Chaikin s 14000 Volume vi olume i il L dl h l Ai J AN Drawing Features 0 100 Relative Strength Index 00 Warr A JT ART Relative Strength Index 0 Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO HB Volume Relative Strength Index 7 8 2 19 Standard Deviation Standard deviation is a statistical measure of volatility which has applications in the field of technical analysis as a component of other indicators or as a complementary to them rather than as a stand alone indicator For example
201. figure is shown under the Suggested cost base heading 3 The current cost base and the suggested cost base should match If the suggested cost base is different from the current cost base then the former will be shown in blue 4 To update the cost base of an asset to the amount shown as the suggested cost base please click on the Update cost base button that is on the line of the asset This will change the cost base of the asset as stored in the asset record this is also the same that is used to calculate capital gains during a sale Note that this action does not change the balances of any accounts and does not cause the software to recalculate gains from any previous sales Click Exit to close the Asset Checker screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 104 4 10 View and Edit Sales Records Menu Asset Utilities gt View and Edit Sales Records MySF Manager keeps a separate list of assets that have been sold This utility allows users to view these sales records Select the asset class and a date range to view the sale records for that class The sales report can be printed and will produce a statement of capital gains classified into taxable and non taxable gains 2 View and Edit Sale Records Capital Gains View and Edit Sale Records Capital Gains Please Select Asset Class 011
202. from under the list of assets on the right If you are editing an existing asset select the financial asset you wish to edit the lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 74 information of from the list of assets on the right 3 Please fill in all required fields for your financial asset Descriptions of each field are listed below 4 Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 75 MySF Manager User Manual ID Exchange Purchase Type Code Name Short Name Purchase Date Percent Franked Contact Bank Account Cost Per Unit Number of Units Brokerage Fee Tax Type Tax Paid Purchase Cost This is the asset ID and is system generated This number will be used throughout MySF Manager to identify the asset As with physical assets a new account will be added to the General Ledger for this asset Select which exchange the asset belongs to If it doesn t belong to any exchange select None When you enter the code the name and short name of the company will be inserted automatically if the investment is listed on one of the 50 default MySF Manager exchanges Select either a New Purchase or a Dividend Reinvestment If a new purchase is selected the journal created will be Dr Asset and Cr Bank If Dividend Reinvestment is selected the journal created will be Dr A
203. g Started With MySF Manager you have acquired a powerful software solution which makes the management of one or more self managed superannuation funds easier more organised and thereby hopefully more successful At the highest level MySF Manager is the combination of a proven and reliable accounting engine and a highly sophisticated asset ledger lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual 1 2 Conventions Used In This User Manual Buttons Buttons on the screen are referred to by their text written in bold with square brackets around them For example Exit refers to the Exit button Some screens in MySF Manager also have buttons that look like links in a web page blue and underlined Within this document these are simply shown with an underline For example Activate refers to the activate link button on the screen Menus Menu items are usually referred to starting from one of the steps of the menu at the top of the window in MySF Manager For example Home gt About refers to the About option under the Home menu item at the top of the MySF Manager screen Please note that the most common items can also be reached using the main menu and the quick menu that appears in the middle of the screen Loading the MySF Manager Software The process for loading the MySF Manager software either MySF Manager or Advisor Link is through the MySF Manager Installer Wizard Load the
204. g ease of movement indicator Number of periods to use in calculating corresponding moving average Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 204 7 8 2 7 2 0 ol mja aBn Qo 2an BY Prices Studies Accumulation Distribution 90 Average True Range Chaikin Oscillator 80 Commodity Channel Index Detrended Price Oscillator 0 7 V Ease Of Movement 14000 Volume Moving Average Convergence Divergence i r f il n dl h Lak J D crewing Fosturee 0 Ease Of Movement 0 0 Nr A Ease Of Movement 0 000 Periods 14 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Signal Periods 9 Perform On ClosePrice RIO M Volume Ease Of Movement EOM Moving Average Moving Average Convergence Divergence MACD which stands for Moving Average Convergence Divergence is a technical analysis indicator that shows the difference between a fast and slow exponential moving average of closing prices MACD is a trend following indicator and is designed to identify trend changes It s generally not recommended for use in ranging market conditions There are three common methods used to interpret the MACD crossovers divergence and dramatic rise Crossovers may be an indication of a buy or sell signal A negative crossover occurs when the MACD falls below the signal line which is a bearish signal A positive crosso
205. gement of assets We know that the type of assets that different funds will own will be varied and require different management What is common is that we need to have visibility of our assets Within MySF Manager assets are divided into Physical Assets such as commercial property Artwork s etc and Financial Assets such as shares and managed funds lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 58 In the set up of MySF Manager you define the Asset Classes you will use and the information you wish to record about the assets MySF Manager has standard fields which are required for accounting and management purposes and we have also incorporated User Defined Fields for each class of asset These fields can be tailored to meet your needs For further help with user defined fields please see General Tips Menu Manage fund gt Add or Manage Assets Important MySF Manager has reserved a set of asset accounts that it uses when you create assets using the Assets area of the software It is important that you do not manually post transactions against these accounts including Opening Balance transactions When creating assets MySF Manager automatically creates the accounts and posts the transactions The same applies for selling assets MySF Manager includes comprehensive features for selling assets that calculates capital gains tax components and automatically generates the transaction
206. han 4 digits in the export please enter that number here and MySF Manager will pad out the number with zeros on the end In some cases you may wish to add a number of blank columns to the end of the exported file If this is the case please enter a positive value into this field In these fields you can modify the first character of the account numbers For example in MySF Manager all Expense Accounts begin with the number 5 but if you would like to have all 55 MySF Manager User Manual Transactions Include Reversals Insert Blank Line Between Transactions Renumber all start from Replace Prefixes With Minimum Length of Number Show Currency as Numbers Only Show x as x Export in good form Date Range Transactions to include Mark Debits as Mark Credits as Add Blank Columns Business Cards As in other areas of the software reversed and reversal transactions are excluded when exporting Tick this box if you do wish to include these transactions If you would like MySF Manager to insert a blank line between different transactions when exporting please tick this box These fields enable you to renumber all transactions beginning from a specific number define a particular prefix or a blank one for transaction numbers and the minimum length for a transaction number Please tick this box if you would like to show currency amounts such as Current Balance in the export as a
207. hange that you wish to view data for in the Code field 3 Enter a Start Date and End Date to limit the data in the chart to For further help with date fields please see General Tips 4 Place a tick in the box to the right of the date fields if you wish to use the adjusted closing price for the data in the chart 5 Click Load Data to load the chart with data MySF Manager will retrieve the prices for the code entered and display the data in the chart area 6 For help using the icons and other features on the chart please see General Tips Tools Please use the tools shown on the right hand side of the technical analysis screen to perform price studies technical studies or invoke the drawing features Click on the Open chart in separate window link at the bottom left of the screen to open the chart ona larger screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 190 To see a detailed description and screen shot of each tool available please click the tools links below lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 191 MySF Manager User Manual Price Studies Bollinger Bands Envelope Trading Band Exponential Moving Average Median Price Simple Moving Average Triangular Moving Average Typical Price Weighted Close Weighted Moving Average Technical Studies Accumulation Distribution Average True Range
208. have been depreciated The treatment of sales for depreciated and non depreciated assets is very different in terms of the tax rules which apply If the events you are importing contain the sale of a physical asset you will be asked if you wish to import this sale as being for a non depreciable asset or you may choose to skip importing the event and enter it manually after the rest of the information has been imported e Financial Asset Sale when importing sale information for a financial asset MySF Manager will attempt to automatically assign which units are being sold For example if you are importing an event that is for the sale of 1000 XYZ Shares MySF Manager will automatically decide which of the XYZ shares owned will be sold only if There is only one block of XYZ Shares in ownership as these shares are the only choice e There are a total of 1000 units of XYZ owned in any number of blocks as all of the shares held are being sold If neither of these two conditions are met you will be shown a dialog which allows you to input how many shares of each block you had sold in that transaction Any duplicate purchases sales corporate actions and capital repayments are identified by MySF Manager during the import process If any are found you will be given the choice of whether or not to proceed with the import of the possible duplicate transaction If the events being imported include events for a past financial year data from those
209. he following examples Example 1 A transaction to record the purchase of a 100 000 property using only cash already in the fund s bank account In this case we need to end up with an increase in the asset account representing the property so that its balance is 100 000 the cost base of the property We also need to decrease the balance of the bank account by 100 000 to reflect the reduction in cash we paid for the property The account representing the property is an asset account and the account representing our bank account is also an asset account To increase an asset account we debit and to decrease an asset account we credit so the transaction will be Debit Property 100 000 Credit Bank 100 000 This is a valid transaction because there is at least one debit and one credit and the total amount of debits and credits are equal Note that the indent of the credit line in the notation above is intentional and is a standard in accounting to make transactions easier to read Example 2 A transaction to record 500 rent received for an investment property lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 304 In this case we want to increase the balance of our bank account to show that the money has been received and increase the balance of an income account Rent received to categorise the income The bank account is an asset account therefore to increase we debit Ren
210. he structure At the end of each Financial Year MySF Manager rolls over accounts For Revenue and Expense Accounts this will generally be to the Profit and Loss The exception is those accounts that have a member attached In this case the account will roll over to a detail equity account in order to record information related to the members entitlement If this box is ticked then it is a summary account and cannot be used to post transactions MySF Manager uses this value to determine whether this account should be taken into account when calculating Taxation This is used in the Report Tool to determine the classification of the type of account Accounts can be tagged as being Active or Inactive If an account is inactive then the details of the account will not be displayed when the Browse and Select function is used Drilling down on the detail As well as the Current Balance on an account users can see additional detail about transactions for any Account using the same screen Select any Detail Account with a Current Balance and double click All of the transactions will be lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 264 displayed for review You can specify a date range as well as filter reversed transactions to assist in finding specific information There is an option to print the results of a search by clicking Print this ledger at the bottom left hand corner of the screen
211. how either Asset accounts Liability accounts Member Equity accounts Income accounts or Expense accounts Selecting one will remove all the other top level accounts from the account picker and display only those accounts associated with the top level account You can enter the exact account to use if you know the account number of it Enter the account number you wish to use in the Enter account code field at the top right of the screen and click Use In cases where an account does not exist you can create an account by clicking Add Account at the bottom left of the screen This will open the Add Account screen For further help with this screen please see General Ledger Accounts Business Card Picker Throughout MySF Manager you will come across fields where you are required to select a business card The business card picker allows you to view any business card that has been created as either a Business or Individual For further information on business cards please see Business Cards To select a business card in the business card picker double click the desired business card to fill in the field on the previous screen where you needed to select a business card lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 14 z 7 Please Select a Business Card Y 2s Business ANZ BHP CBA CPU DFA Eastem Property Services MBL NAB
212. how you the expense analysis grouped by the filter expenses value selected Click Exit to close the Expense Analysis screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Investment Strategy Review Menu Analysis and Insight gt Asset Values vs Investment Strategy The first part of the Analysis Reporter is a comparison of Planned as per the Investment Strategy versus Actual Investments MySF Manager looks at the Current Value of all assets and allocates them back against the Asset Categories defined in the Allocation Table The result is displayed in a table format It is important to understand that the Analysis Tool uses the value of an asset at a specific date to construct the report This incorporates any Revaluations entered into the system If the fund holds exchange listed shares it is important to update the value of the shares A Asset Values vs Investment Strategy Asset Values vs Investment Strategy Analyse the differences between actual asset investments and your investment strategy Allocation analysis as at 30 06 2004 Vewrepor i Al assets isted below include their Value of fund 47241795 ne d Chat Data Asset Allocations by Category 50 00 45 00 40 00 35 00 30 00 Oo Planned 25 00 3 BE cua 20 00 15 00 10 00 0 00 Cash Fixed Interest Fixed Interest Property Shares Shares Australian International Australian International The Table displays a number of value
213. hts reserved Analysis and Insight 228 a2 0 olu m E QEIL A6 Aaly x Prices Studies Technical Studies Configure Drawing Features Fibonacci Retracements 19 07 2006 14 02 Fibonacci Time Zones 19 07 2006 14 02 2C vi Midpoint Tirone Level 30 05 2007 14103 24 Midpoint Tirone Level Signal Line Style Ez Dash Start Date 30 05 2007 End Date 14 03 2007 Start Price 55 03 End Price 48 7 Draw On ClosePrice 7 8 3 7 Mean Tirone Mean Tirone is technical analysis measure used to identify support and resistance levels based on the range of prices over a given period The interpretation of Tirone levels is similar to quadrant lines In the mean Tirone method the levels are shown as five lines extreme high regular high adjusted mean regular low and extreme low The extreme high is calculated by subtracting the lowest low from the highest high and adding this value to the adjusted mean The regular high is calculated by subtracting the lowest low from the adjusted mean and multiplying by two The adjusted mean is calculated as the sum of the highest high lowest low and most recent closing price divided by three The regular low is calculated by subtracting the highest high from the double of the adjusted mean The extreme low is calculated by subtracting the lowest low from the highest high and then subtracting this value from the adjusted mean Mean Tirone parameters and customisat
214. i secetteereceexsstecetveeracwexss voteezeeriaeevsrs 174 Yield Grap HS e e aaa a a a eaaa P Ae a Ea e a aaae Ena EA Sn aS So ae eS 176 Market Value of ASS US E E E E E E E E E 178 Income Analysis 5 0 ceeecnce dete eset doesent cteesene ceeeenctdteessnudeeeeuseceeetentcbeeentucteeeente 180 Expense Analysis 225 a EEANN E AAAS EEEE 181 Investment Strategy Review ss iisnissnnennenernsnennnnenenennneennenennenes 183 Benchmarks amp Indices nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nunn nnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn USA e E A te et de AMENCaS pidi aia aaa eaa iaa E a eara a a aada EP aa a aaa ea aeia aa Asiak Pacien a seve rece a e aa E a a N E a a A E E r A EUFOPR E eS EE EAE EE SEEE EEE E E P E E E E E A A E E Africa and Middle East Technical Analy Sis 22 es rm mnceeme dense sers t een sense esesn mens e ete eee see Price Studies Aee E E A AE E E E E 192 Bollinger Band A A A seduaenvacestecauaeads 192 Envelope Trading Bands iccc ccst ccszccnaxanses cdnecndui snus ceuccnguz snes cudese sacea ensues cetqecgun acer ede ne daansaenents cacenqarsweseaaeezes 193 Exponential Moving AVetage siiccisa cisscticcccsts n aaaea aaaea EES aaa 193 Median Price Simple Moving Average Triangular Moving Average Typical Pil Eassa nonin banat Aiea avin tint Weighted Glos eiccicccccceisssccsaszcatecesceesaceducndscqetsanedheqgscedaalensaezaneaseteedsanesningulezanqeuseezneadsn ehanqeuengedsdende
215. ial Asset Important If one or more transactions are posted against the financial asset before updating it editing the financial asset may cause very serious problems So please be sure that you are 100 sure that you are aware of what you are about to do lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 110 2 Edit Financial Asset 011 Shares BHP 13 09 2005 Cost per Unt 20 470000 Number of Units Purchased 300 0000 Brokerage Fee ex Tax 0 00 Tax Type v Tax Paid 0 00 Captakzed Cost 6 141 00 BHP Bilton Limited BHP 13 09 2005 The Financial Asset Editor allows a single edit of the asset record after it has been created Any part of the record can be changed and depending on what is changed MySF Manager will make the appropriate modifications to the files For further help with the fields and tabs of the financial assets screen please see Financial Assets Some changes are cosmetic such as the Code or the Asset name Other changes will require MySF Manager to reverse the original transaction and reapply a new transaction This would be the case where the financial details eg cost brokerage etc are changed In the Transaction Reporter reversed transactions are suppressed unless specifically requested This allows you to see your real data uncluttered with any transactions which have been reversed For Audit purposes all of the transactions are still recorded
216. ial percentages should be reviewed for each member via the Actuarial Allocations tab 4 Unrealised capital gains The first part of this screen will show you your capital gains for the increase in the market value of your assets You can see the debit account and credit account that the transaction will post the amounts to The second part is much the same as the first except the fund has sold assets during the financial year that generated capital gains This transaction does the reverse of the one above The tick box at the bottom of the screen is completely optional and allows you to create a journal for tax deferred liability on the increase in market value of assets Please contact your financial advisor to see if this is required for your fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 254 4 Unrealised Capital Gains Year End Process Unrealised Capital Gains Revaluation Entries DR 1171 increase in Market Value for 011 Shares 68 851 00 CR 4210 increase in Market Value of Investments 68 851 00 Remove increase decrease in market value of assets where the asset has been sold DR 4210 Increase in Market Value of Investments 3 028 00 CR 1171 increase in Market Value for 011 Shares 3 028 00 C Create joumal for tax deferred lability on increase in market value of assets 5 Calculate profit and loss for fund The calculation of profit and loss d
217. ial reports you wish to produce and enter the criteria for them V Profit and Loss Date Range 01 07 2003 to 30 06 2004 C Hide Account Numbers C Show Detail C Ust Non Assessable tems C Compare with Previous Financial Year End V Balance Sheet Date as at 01 7108 2003 1 Hide Account Numbers These tabs are where you can define criteria for individual reports The options available are the same or similar to what is available in Report Tool with the exception of those which may lead to empty reports for funds such as filtering Asset Reports for specific Asset Classes when different funds may have different Asset Classes To include a report for batch reporting tick the box next to the report name If the box next to the report name is not ticked the section for that reports parameters is greyed out and the report will not be included for batch reporting You can click on Select All or to tick all of the of the reports listed or click on Unselect All to untick all of them Transaction Report lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 173 MySF Manager User Manual Select Funds Define Criteria Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End V Transaction Report Please enter the criteria for Transaction Reporting Pleas note that t is not possible to filter transactions by Assets Members or Transaction Details in the Batch Reporting Utility F
218. ick this link to allocate the units in this sale in a way that produces the same result as what you would get in a system using Average Cost data FIFO First In First Out Click this link to allocate the units on a First In First Out FIFO basis LIFO Last In First Out Click this link to allocate the units on a Last In First Out LIFO basis e Lowest Taxable Click this link to allocate the units in this sale in a way that minimises the figure for Profit Loss Taxable Highest Taxable Click this link to allocate the units in this sale in a way that maximises the figure for Profit Loss Taxable To reverse the sale of a financial asset p Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter 2 Filter the Report on fields to show sales of your financial assets that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Asset lt asset name gt General Journal Sale 3 Select the first level item of the financial asset that has been sold from the items that show in the middle of the screen 4 Click Reverse from under the list on the left You are asked to enter a memo for this reversal this is not compulsory A confirmation box will appear asking for you to confirm the reversal of the sale Click Yes if you are sure you wish to reverse the sale otherwise click No Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen Go to Asset Utilities gt Vi
219. idual to receive L ir cemation about this roll over from the roll over fund Agent advisor Wally Aude Browse Reset 23 Account Q Knox Victoria 12 712 711950 554433333 123 Smith amp Blackbum Victoria Austraka 3130 Street Suburb Town State Country Australia Postcode Zip Phone 98776654 Individual Select the member using the Browse and Select function Details of the member will be loaded For further help with this please see General Tips Agent Advisor Select the Business card of the funds Advisor or Tax Agent Details of the Card will be loaded For further help with this please see General Tips Rollover Payment Details lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 134 GZ ETP Form ETP Roll over Statement Record the payment and receipt of Ekgible Termination Payments Section 1 Rollover fund name and address Section 2 individual s details Section 3 Rollover payment details Section 4 Payer detais Section 3 Rol over payment details ETP Bigible service CGT Exempt Component Date started Number of days before 1 Jul 1983 Number of days after 30 Jun 1983 Preservation amounts of the roll over payment Pre Jul 1983 and Post Jun 1983 taxed element 0 00 Preserved Post Jun 1983 untaxed element 0 00 Restricted non preserved Post Jun 1994 invalidity component 0 00 Unrestricted non preserved Gross Amount A 0 00 l Note With
220. ify this list to suit your needs and there are no restrictions on the possible asset allocation categories Every asset has its own asset allocation table The asset allocation table of each asset contains a list of the asset allocation categories available in the fund together with a percentage showing the amount of the funds devoted to that asset which are in that asset allocation category The usefulness of asset allocation categories is most apparent in the case of managed funds or other investments which may span multiple allocation categories Assume for a moment that you hold some units in a fund that is managed on your behalf This fund will invest in 60 domestic equity 30 foreign equity and 10 cash In such a case it would be useful and in the case of a Self Managed Super Fund it is a requirement to keep track of your total exposure to a given allocation category This means that if you purchase 100 000 in domestic equities yourself and put 80 000 into the managed fund detailed above your actual exposure to domestic equities is 100 000 80 000 x 60 148 000 In MySF Manager you can define your target level of exposure to the different asset allocation categories and you can also evaluate whether or not your current investments meet that criteria Recording Purchases of Assets To record the purchase of assets you should use the Add Manage Assets screens in MySF Manager These screens are available by either by going to
221. ility The members file holds information related to the income of each member for the current year This information is examined to determine if a surcharge is payable by the fund These amounts are calculated and then displayed and deducted to arrive at the likely amount for distribution to members accounts List non assessable items As indicated the accounts included in the calculation of the Profit and Loss are tagged as accounts which are taxable in the General Ledger setup Throughout the year it is likely that a fund will receive income from a number of sources which is not assessable This would be the case with Non Assessable Capital Gain or with a rollover from another fund Even though these amounts are not included in the calculation of the Profit and Loss we think it is important to be able to see all of the other entries Through this technique you can check that all accounts and amounts are correctly tagged An example Profit and Loss report from the MySF Manager Sample fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 164 Profit Loss Taxable income 1 505 45 Provision for CGT on Shares Provision for CGT on investment Funds Provision for Tax a 15 Less rebates 2 113 85 Less withholding tax pad 98 00 Total tax refundable 2 211 Profit aftertax and rebates Plus non assessatie income Less nonassessabe operse Profit including members funds 40 135 00 Membe
222. ing full stops automatically removed please tick the Remove leading full stops option If the file you are importing from contains any header information such as name fund details etc which is not relevant you may choose to tick the Automatically filter data option which allows you to specify how many pieces of information per line is the minimum that you would like included For example if your data is in Excel format and the section which you wish to import contains 6 columns but there is other information that is not relevant above or below that section you should tick Automatically filter data and specify 6 for minimum number of not null columns After the file has been selected and all options decided the data can be loaded by clicking Load Data button This will show the contents of the file as illustrated above If the information does not look correct for example if there are only two columns or the information looks jumbled please modify some of the import parameters and click on Load Data again In some instances the file may believed to be delimited by commas when it really uses tabs or vice versa Should you wish to sort the data in the display based on the contents of any of the columns please click on the column s name in the grid In this way clicking on a column containing date information will cause rows of events to be sorted by date Please note that events are automatically assembled into date order before i
223. ing price Weighted Close parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a 0 oW ma QEJk A Aap Prices Studies __ Simple Moving Average 10 Simple Moving Average 50 __ Simple Moving Average 200 Triangular Moving Average Typical price Weighted Close Weighted Moving Average wW Technical Studies Drawing Features Weighted Close Perform On ClosePrice CE O O U Q3 06 a a107 RIO E volume Weighted Close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 198 7 8 1 9 Weighted Moving Average 7 8 2 7 8 2 1 Weighted average is a price indicator which has multiplying factors to give different weights to different data points In technical analysis a weighted moving average means that weights placed has the specific meaning of weights which decrease arithmetically So in an n day weighted moving average the most recent day has weight n the second most recent n 1 continuing down to zero Weighted Moving Average parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating weighted moving average Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a 0 olt m e a Hl 2 F rae Simple Moving Average 50 100 Simp
224. ion in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Signal line style Multiple sets of mean Tirone levels may be added May be combined with other drawing features and technical analysis lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 229 MySF Manager User Manual a2 A olu mz QEIL A6 Aaly x Prices Studies Technical Studies Configure Drawing Features vV Mean Tirone Level 6 12 2006 29 05 2007 Mean Tirone Level Signal Line Style Dash Start Date 6 12 2006 End Date 29 05 2007 Start Price 46 65 End Price 56 04 Draw On ClosePrice 7 8 3 8 Speed Resistance Lines Speed resistance lines are a technical analysis tool used for determining potential areas of support and resistance The chart consists of three trend lines It is created by drawing the first trend line from the most recent low to the most recent high when the asset is in an uptrend and from the most recent high to the most recent low when the asset is in a downtrend The other trend lines are drawn with smaller angles in an attempt to predict areas that will act as possible barriers in the event of a retracement Speed resistance lines are similar in to the Fibonacci Fan indicator and many traders will watch for a move below the two thirds level to signal a continued retracement toward the one third level It is important to remember that other techni
225. is tagged then the amount is reported on in the GST Reporting process If Neither is chosen then no GST or other tax can be chosen Date Enter the date of the transaction The date must be in the current financial year and should not be future dated Description This field is used to document the reason for this Journal Entry Member All transaction can be recorded against either an Asset or a member If this transaction relates to a specific member then select the member from the list Asset Enter the asset to which this transaction relates or leave as None Information recorded here is used by the Analysis tools in MySF Manager to produce yield analysis for assets Account Using the Browse and Select function the General Ledger chart of accounts is displayed New accounts can be added if required For further help with this please see General Tips Dr Amount Enter the amount to record a Dr entry against this account Cr Amount Enter the amount to record a Cr Entry against this account Tax Type If this transaction is tagged as either a Sale or Purchase above then you are able to enter a Tax Type From the drop down box select the tax type to be used for this line e g GST If GST is chosen then the BAS reporting will provide information on this transaction The Amount included in the Tax Amount field is calculated based on the code entered These codes are defined in Configuration gt GST Types Attach Documents As with many area
226. is the first level of detail you can include in the expense analysis From this drop down box select what you wish to analyse What you choose will determine the values that are displayed in the box to its right where you need to select another level of detail Click Select All to select all the values in the box Click Unselect All to unselect all the values in the box From the date range This allows you to specify a date range for the expense analysis MySF Manager will calculate the expense for the portfolio between this date range For tips on using dates and date ranges please see General Tips Show Graph Click this button to generate the expense analysis depending on the values you have chosen above Grouped by Type Select this tab to show you the expense analysis grouped by the payment type For further help with payment types please see Payment and Receipt Types Grouped by Accounts Select this tab to show you the expense analysis grouped by the accounts the payments have been posted against For further help with accounts please see General Ledger of Accounts Grouped by This tab changes depending on the value selected in the Filter Expenses field For example if you have filtered the Asset Classes expenses only then this tab will display Grouped by Asset Classes lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 183 MySF Manager User Manual 7 6 Select this tab to s
227. isplays assessable income deductible expenses and the calculation of tax at year end Year end entries for depreciation revaluation and capital gains tax will be brought into the profit and loss report for the financial year The Profit and Loss Detailed tab will show you a greater break down of the items on the screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 255 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Profit and Loss Year End Process Profit and Loss Profit and Loss Summary Profit and Loss Detaled Income Operating Income Dividends Dividends Received 13 383 25 Rert Received 23 650 00 imputation Credits 5 425 06 Capital Gains Captal Gains Losses Taxable Capital Gains Losses Taxable Adjustment 11 893 33 The rollover will display the results and after clicking Next will prompt to process the journal entries for income tax 6 Allocate profit and loss to members The allocation of profit available for distribution is calculated for each member using their percentage amounts specified in the member allocation table Income from segregated assets is then added to this amount to reach the total profit for each member The Segregations tab shows you each member of the fund with the assets segregated to them and the total value of the assets lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 256 Profit and Loss Al
228. it choose a type to export the report to and give it a filename You can export your report in the following file types Crystal Reports rpt Adobe Acrobat pdf Microsoft Excel xls Microsoft Excel Data Only xls Microsoft Word doc Rich Text Format rtf The print function works the same way as any normal print function Once you click the Print Report button depicted by a printer you need to follow the prompts given by the Print screen For help with this screen click the button at the top right of the screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 17 MySF Manager User Manual Printer Name y Status Ready Type Brother MFC 6000 Where USB002 Comment C Print to file Print range Copies All Number of copies O Pages from 1 2 The page buttons work by clicking the arrow and moving across pages in the direction of the arrow button For example clicking the gt will move the page forward once Clicking the gt l will take you to the last page The find text button depicted by a pair of blue binoculars allows you to search for certain text within your generated report Click the Find Text button which will display the find text dialog Here you enter the text you are searching for in the Find What field and click Find Next The Find Next button will find the next match to the value you placed
229. k Add at the bottom right to add the minutes to the All Minutes list on the right Click Save at the bottom right to finalise changes made to the current fund Click Exit at the bottom right to close the Minutes Recording screen OND lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 237 MySF Manager User Manual 8 3 To edit a minutes record 1 Select the minutes record you wish to edit from the All Minutes list on the right 2 Fill in the fields you wish to change The Topic and Date fields are compulsory fields which must have a value before saving the minutes to the current entity 3 Attach or remove files to the minutes record in the Attach Documents field For further help with this please see General Tips 4 Click Save at the bottom right to finalise changes made to the current fund 5 Click Exit at the bottom right to close the Minutes Recording screen To remove a minutes record a Select the minutes record you wish to remove from the All Minutes list on the right 2 Click Remove to delete the minutes record from the fund permanently A confirmation box will appear asking for you to confirm the removal of the minutes record Click Yes if you are sure you wish to remove the minutes record 3 Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 4 Click Exit at the bottom right to close the Minutes Recording screen The Minute is stored in th
230. l and Asset Reports where applicable Date Range 01 07 7 2003 to 30 7106 2004 Dateasat 01 7 08 2003 Sort Dividends and Distributions by Date v C Hide Account Numbers 7 Include Cash with Financial Assets on Asset Reports Include Notes to Accounts Report with Financial Reports Report Options Report Display Options V View on Screen C Export to File s Destination On the Define Criteria tab you can designate date parameters to use for reports and select how to sort information The dates entered here will appear as default for all reports in the following tabs where a single date or date range is applicable Please note that you can define different date ranges for different reports but if you are reporting for a specific date or period it is faster to enter that lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 172 information here When you change the dates on this screen the date parameters for reports will also be updated At the bottom of this tab you can tick whether you wish to view the created reports on screen export them to PDF files or both Click on Browse to select a destination folder for these exported files Financial Members Assets Tabs These three tabs operate in a very similar manner Below is a screenshot of the Financial Tab Select Funds Define Criteria Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Please select the financ
231. lding carpets fixtures etc Clicking on Depreciation Schedule from the Add Manage Physical Asset screen will bring up the Depreciation Schedule screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 66 a Depreciation Schedule Value of Asset Depreciation Schedule Total Value of D a Depreciation Rems Depreciation tems Building Shel When you enter the asset depreciation schedule the book value of the asset added appears in the top right hand corner It is important that the total value of all of the depreciation items is equal to the book value of the asset Only when the two values are the same can the items be saved For Example If the asset is a building with a 110 000 book value then when adding values as Depreciation Items the total of all the items must add to 110 000 E g Building Shell 100 000 Fittings 10 000 To add items to a depreciation schedule m Click Add New from the right hand side of the screen 2 Please fill in all required fields for each depreciation item Descriptions of each field are listed below You can choose to use templates for specific items by clicking Use Template Select the appropriate template and click Use Selected This will fill the description and effective life fields with values that are recognised by the ATO 3 Once all the required fields are filled please click on Add from under the list of depreciation it
232. le Moving Average 200 Triangular Moving Average Typical price Weighted Close Weighted Moving Average wy Technical Studies AN Drawing Features Weighted Moving Average 0 Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO HB Volume Weighted Moving Average Technical Studies Accumulation Distribution Accumulation distribution is a technical momentum indicator that attempts to gauge supply and demand This is done by determining if investors are generally accumulating buying or distributing selling a certain share by identifying divergences between share price and volume flow Many up days occurring with high volume in a downtrend could signal that the demand for the investment is starting to increase Accumulation distribution can be used to find situations in which the indicator is heading in the opposite direction as the price Once this divergence has been identified you may wish to confirm the trend reversal using other technical indicators Accumulation Distribution parameters and customisation in MySF Manager lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 199 MySF Manager User Manual Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a gt e ee e llv Qe Aaly GY Prices Studies 100 90 Average True Range Chaikin Oscillator 80 Commodity Channel Index Detrended Price Oscillator Ease Of Movemen
233. le Moving Average 200 F de Technical Studies 70 l BR prorina Features Volume 14000 Median price 0 nr Perform On ClosePrice Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 90 RIO oO Volume Median price lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 195 MySF Manager User Manual 7 8 1 5 Simple Moving Average Simple moving average also known as arithmetic moving average is a price study that is used by analysts to calculate the average price of the share for a given time period up to a given point in time The result is a single line that tracks the share price closely but is much smoother in general The average price is calculated by adding up the closing price generally of the share for a number of time periods and then dividing this total by the number of time periods Short term simple moving averages respond quickly to price changes of the share while longer term simple moving averages react more slowly Many traders interpret the increase in a short term moving average over a longer term moving average as the beginning of an uptrend and therefore a buy signal Conversely the fall of a short term moving average below a longer term moving average may be interpreted as the beginning of a downtrend and therefore signal to sell Simple Moving Average parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating simple moving average Ca
234. less any lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 306 costs of the sale such as brokerage If the amount left over from net proceeds from sale minus cost base is positive it is a capital gain if it is negative it is a capital loss Capital gains and losses are counted as income to the fund Different countries and regions have different rules and regulations for determining what portion of capital gains are taxable and non taxable These rules normally relate to the duration of ownership and some classes of assets may be specifically exempt from capital gains tax meaning that any capital gains made from the sale of those assets is non taxable but it is still an income MySF Manager calculates capital gains and losses from sales as you enter the sale and allocate units to be sold The advantage is that you can enter the combination that will give the best result for you at that time Your aim could be maximum loss if you can offset against gains elsewhere or minimum taxable gain Calculating Increase in Market Value The increase in market value for an asset in a given period is the market value of the asset at the end of the period minus the market value of the asset at the beginning of the period If it was purchased in the current period then minus the cost base of the asset To allow accurate calculation of increases in market value please ensure that you have revalued as
235. lick the Main tab 2 If you want to add a new asset click Add New from under the list of assets on the right If you are editing an existing asset select the physical asset you wish to edit the information of from the list of assets on the right 3 Please fill in all required fields for your physical asset Descriptions of each field are listed below 4 Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 60 Asset ID Generated by MySF Manager and is used to keep track of the asset throughout the system All assets begin with AA and the number is used in the General Ledger as part of the sub ID account number Short Name Used throughout the system to identify the asset Is this an improvement If this is selected that asset will be created as a sub asset of the parent This would be used where a new fixture such as an Air Conditioner is added to a building An improvement has its own identity and a separate depreciation record If you select Yes you are required to select the existing asset in the Parent field next User Defined Values This group of fields on the bottom left of the screen are used to enter any specific information about the asset The definition of the fields is done through the menu Configuration gt Asset classes For further help with user defined values please see General Tips Address Optional fields used to
236. ll transactions within the file which fall between the start and end dates of the current year appear in the area near the middle of the screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 37 MySF Manager User Manual A Bank Statement Import L AIR Bank Statement Import tiep with this feoture Select file to import QIF Browse Select bank account CBA 123455 7 Open selected file Transaction date 02 05 2009 Select action Sale Cash movement 200 00 Interest Dividend Description Member Contribution Distribution Already processed No Help seo ths ine Transaction date 04 05 2009 Select action Cash movement 15 95 Purchase Description Pension Already processed No Help skp this ine Transaction date 04 05 2009 Select action Cash movement 60 00 Purchase fe Ext Each transaction will be shown as one line The line will include details about the transaction including date cash movement amount and description MySF Manager will also check your existing transactions It will then alert you if the transaction shown on a particular line appears to be a duplicate of a transaction that has been processed already same date same amount same account On each transaction line you will be able to click on a link to jump to a specific screen to process the details of the transaction For example a transaction where cash has increased will be displayed with links that allow you to j
237. llows you to edit any aspect of the transaction which involves reversing the transaction and posting again with updated transaction details A minor edit only allows the editing of the reference number memo and payor fields This prevents you from making a change to any major details by accident that you do not wish to change 6 Please edit the fields of the General Journal entry Descriptions of each field are listed below Click Save to reverse the original transaction and process the edited transaction Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter om To reverse a batch General Journal transaction 1 Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter 2 Filter the Report on fields to show cash receipts that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank General Journals lt journal type gt 3 Select the first level item of the General Journal entry you wish to reverse from the items that show in the middle of the screen 4 Click Reverse transaction from the bottom of the screen 5 You will be prompted to enter a memo for this reversal this is not compulsory Click Ok to continue 6 You will be shown the transactions that are going to be processed and asked to confirm the reversal of the transaction Click Yes to process the reversal otherwise click N
238. llows you to enter the minute to the system and store it away by date lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 236 P Minute Recording Y ils Minute Recording Record fund minutes including meetings of fund trustees i Under superannuation law trustees are required to prepare minutes of trustee meetings where matters effecting the fund were discussed for a minimum of 10 years To add a new minutes record 1 Click Add Minutes at the bottom right under the All Minutes list 2 Enter a topic name for the minutes in the Topic field and record a date the minutes took place in the Date field Both these fields are compulsory fields before saving the minutes to the current fund 3 Add attendees to the minutes record by entering a name and clicking Add Or alternatively you can select business cards to add as attendees which will show in the Persons list For further help on this please see General Tips If you wish to remove an attendee from the Persons list select the person you wish to remove and click Remove Person 4 Click Edit Text which will show the text editor function Here you can add text edit fonts and colours add bullets and add indentations Type the text that you wish to include with the new minutes record 5 Attach files to the minutes in the Attach Documents field For further help with this please see General Tips Clic
239. location Year End Process Profit and Loss Allocation Allocatons Segregations Member allocations p Name Alocaton Searegaton Profit distributed 56 028892 1 919 62 62 887 82 49 353 95 49 353 95 114 161 39 43 971108 0 00 Totals 1 919 62 112 241 77 7 Members Contribution Statements The member s contribution statement is required to be reported by the fund for each member Please ensure that the details on each of the tabs is correct before proceeding to the next step of the year end wizard lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 257 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Members Contribution Statement Members Contribution Statement John Smith Supober Proider 1 Provider 2 Member 1 Member 2 Employer Contributions Amounts transfer out 1 Amounts transfer out 2 Supplier Information 1 Supplier TEN 10122345 2 Suppher ABN 22334455 3 Organisation Name MySF Sample Fund 4 Supplier s Address 5 Supplier s Postal Address Street 123 Seth Se Postal Street 123 Smith amp Suburb Blackbum Postal Suburb Blackbum Postal Postcode 3130 Postal State Victoria Postal County Australis 7 Number of member statements attached 8 Your Reference _MM0001 10 Date 26 7 11 2008 The members contribution statements can be viewed at any stage once the rollover is complete through Reporting gt Report Tool and clicking the Year End tab 8 Rollover transacti
240. lude account notes For most of these reports you can select which Asset Classes to include and whether to include Cash in the report The Depreciation Schedule produces a list of all assets and their depreciation items Included are details of the Opening Written Down Value as at the 1st of July or the date that the asset was acquired the Accumulated Depreciation to date and the Closing Written Down Value You can select to include assets without depreciation schedules if required Transaction Reports Menu Reporting gt Open Report Tool gt Transactions Tab The Transaction Reports section of the Report Tool provides similar functionality to the Transaction Reporter however we include the ability to print and export from this area of MySF Manager lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 168 Report Tool Report Tool Budd and generate financial reports and member reports Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Crteria for Transaction Report From 01 107 2003 Report On Whole Fund AI Transactions V include Reversed Transaction date You have the option of selecting all transactions for a selected period or filter based on particulars of a transaction such as Receipt Type Filtering can be specified through a series of drop down boxes Alternatives are provided in sorting of information and display 6 2 5 Year End Reports Menu Reporting gt
241. ly rent of 100 would calculate as 5214 29 per annum as there are 52 1429 weeks in a year Select Yes or No Enter the date that rent is to be reviewed As with a number of places in MySF Manager you can attach copies of documents We would suggest a copy of the rental agreement for the asset should be attached for easy access For further help attaching files please see General Tips Once all the details of the physical asset are correct click Add to add the physical asset to your fund Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Add Manage Physical Asset screen 3 2 Financial Assets Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class Financial assets have a very different set of characteristics to physical assets If we buy Shares or investments in Managed funds we will do so though our Broker Financial Advisor or on line through one of the e trading facilities Once again the key to effective asset management is visibility lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 73 MySF Manager User Manual There are only two tabs associated with a financial asset 1 Main used to enter the main financial characteristics of the financial asset 2 Additional Information lets you add extra details about the financial asset The minimum information required to record a financial asset is the code the purchase date the purchase p
242. mandatory that this date be entered This will default to 100 however if the asset is owned as a tenant in common the user can enter the percentage owned The details of the other owner are added in the Insurance Manager tab Note if the asset is owned as a tenant in common the values entered for the cost of the asset should only reflect the amount owned by the fund not the full value of the asset Select this box if the asset generates revenue Select this box if the asset or components of the asset are to be depreciated If selected Depreciation Schedule will be highlighted and can be selected to enter the items into to be depreciated For further help with the Depreciation Schedule screen please see 63 MySF Manager User Manual 3 1 3 Other Options on the Financial Tab This section explains some of the other selection options available on the screen By clicking Add Partial Payment either on the initial entry of an asset or at a later point the user has the ability to enter an amount as a partial payment A partial payment will add to the cost base of the asset This would be used where an asset is being purchased with a payment schedule attached It is not appropriate to use this option if the title of the asset has not passed across to the fund e g a deposit View Payment History This option is used to see the payments against an asset This is most relevant where a number of partial payments have been made
243. member drawing a pension and still contributing to the fund add a new member named something like John Smith Pension Renaming the member does not affect the way that member is handled in MySF Manager but gives a clear indication to you which member is in pension mode After you have given the pension mode member a name you need to tick the Is the member in pension mode and save the member Any profits allocated to this member not be taxable Please refer to the following steps to create an accumulation and pension mode member Go to Superfund Administration gt Members Click Add New from the bottom right of the screen Enter the members first name Enter the members last name and add Pension to the name This clearly identifies the member as a separate one who is in pension mode Enter the members DOB Tick the box Is the member in pension mode and enter the date the member started their pension 7 Click Add to create the member and add them to the fund 8 Click Save to finalise changes made to the fund ev Oo Note If you currently have 4 members already within your SMSF and MySF Manager E3 informs you that this type of fund cannot create more than 4 members please change the fund type to an APRA fund To do this please go to Superfund Administration gt Fund Details and select APRA from the drop down box at the top of the screen The only change from modifying this setting will be a removal of the res
244. mport therefore there is no need to make sure that they are in date order at this point Once the data has been loaded in this manner and is accurate and complete it is time to move to assigning the column information 2 Column Information lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 42 4 import Asset History Import Asset History File and Format Definition Column Information Information Assignment Tue 21 Nov 2006 11 Please allocate which column contains the required pieces of information Please select which asset class these assets should be imported into FLT o11 Dow 011 BHP 011 ANZ 011 CTX 011 RO 011 PBL 011 Type Evert Type A Code Asset Code Total Amount fncl tax Quantty Per Unt Amount Gnci tax Brokerage Other banore column HHO To make it easier to identify what data is in each of the columns there is a smaller version of the table from the bottom of the File Format and Definition tab at the top of this screen The bottom left of this screen contains an area where it is possible to define what each of the columns should be interpreted as The choices are Other ignore column Data in this column will not be used Use this selection for columns which contain data that should be ignored during the import process e Event Type The column designated to contain the event type should contain data such as a word or a letter whi
245. n 2 F Aa GY Prices Studies 100 TRIX 90 Vertical Horizontal Filter Volatility Chaikin s gw Volume MN Volume Oscillator Williams R 80 sn 0 ae Volume 14000 hl hail n ds Lu il DS crewing Features Volume Oscillator n NAN Volume Oscillator Short Period 5 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Long Period 10 Perform On ClosePrice RIO o Volume Volume Oscillator 7 8 2 25 Williams R Williams R is a momentum indicator similar to other oscillator type technical indicators It is useful for measuring overbought and oversold levels The scale ranges from 0 to 100 with readings from 0 to 20 considered overbought and readings from 80 to 100 considered oversold William R sometimes referred to as R shows the relationship of the close relative to the high low range over a set period of time The indicator will be near zero top of the range when the close near is to the top of the range If the close is equal to the top of the high low range then the reading will show zero The indicator will be near 100 bottom of the range if the close is near the bottom of the range If the close is equal to the lowest of the high low range then the indicator will show 100 It is important to remember that overbought does not necessarily imply time to sell and oversold does not necessarily imply time to buy A share can be in a downtrend and continue to trend lower If a share becomes overbought or oversold
246. n about either a member or an asset have a sub account for the member or asset The General Ledger can track a members entitlement or an Asset s performance to a fine level of detail The standard Chart of Accounts can be added to at any point in time however we would recommend that any changes be tested in the Sample Super fund prior to incorporating the changes into your fund It was important to make sure that no accounts were hard coded into the programming of MySF Manager At the same time in order to automate the process of creating journal entries we need to know what account is to be used in what circumstances To do this MySF Manager uses an Account Reference Table lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 267 MySF Manager User Manual 9 2 Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the General Ledger Accounts screen Account Reference Table Menu Configuration gt Account Reference Table The Account Reference Table is a link between the function in the MySF Manager Programs and the accounts in the General Ledger It is important to allow flexibility regarding which account in the General Ledger is to be used for a specific transaction At the same time MySF Manager needs the process of entering a transaction to be as automated as possible without having to force everyone to select on every entry The Account Reference Table allows MySF
247. n have up to three separate moving average lines at once Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a 0 olt m a e aH 2 F 2an Bollinger Bands Envelope Trading Band Exponential Moving Average Median price Simple Moving Average 10 Simple Moving Average 50 Simple Moving Average 200 Technical Studies Drawing Features Simple Moving Average 200 Periods 200 E vo Perform On ClosePrice Volume RIO Simple Moving Average 10 Simple Moving Average 50 Simple Moving Average 200 7 8 1 6 Triangular Moving Average Triangular moving average is a technical price study that is similar to a simple moving average The difference is that in triangular moving average the middle values receive a more emphasis than early and late values thereby helping to enhance smoothing Triangular Moving Average parameters and customisation in MySF Manager lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 196 Number of periods to use in calculating triangular moving average Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close 2 0 olt jz aB 2 F Aa Simple Moving Average 10 Simple Moving Average 50 Simple Moving Average 200 Triangular Moving Average Uv Typical price Weighted Close 80 Weighted Moving Average Technical Studies 70
248. n you wish to view from the list on the right All the scheduled transactions set to occur for that particular transaction type are listed in the area on the bottom left with the date they are supposed to occur If you wish to cancel the scheduled transactions for the particular transaction selected click Cancel All Scheduled You will be prompted to confirm your decision Click Yes to continue otherwise click No to cancel Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Regular Transactions screen 5 12 Predefined Transactions Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Predefined Transactions Predefined Transactions allow you to create a template for a Cash Payment Cash Receipt or General Journal transaction lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 149 MySF Manager User Manual They would be used in situations where there are transactions which have a number of things in common but you would like to be able to edit all of the details of the transaction prior to processing at a later date These templates may contain as much or as little information as you like and all can be changed added to or deleted prior to processing 4 Predefined Transaction Manager Predefined Transaction Manager Transaction Type General Joumal Name Sample Template Enter Details To add and process a predefined transaction Select the transaction t
249. nd of the exported file If this is the case please enter a positive value into this field Please tick this box if you would like to show currency amounts such as Current Balance in the export as a numerical figure without the dollar sign To show percentages as fractions of 1 in the exported file please tick this box If you would like MySF Manager to subtract any accumulated depreciation from the Asset s Book Value where applicable please tick this box As with other areas in MySF Manager the information gathering for export is entirely date driven Please use this field to define which date you would like to report for In some cases you may wish to add a number of blank columns to the end of the exported file If this is the case please enter a positive value into this field Once you are satisfied that you have filled all the relevant areas accurately please click Export To File to begin the export process The files you specified to be exported will now be exported to the format you specified above in the folder you specified above Click Exit to close the Export Data screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 2 5 Export Financial Assets Menu Home gt Export Data gt Export Financial Asset Data MySF Manager allows you to export all of your financial asset events into CSV format Events such as Dividends Distributions Member Contributions Interest Received and many more
250. nennnennennnennennneenennnnes 282 9 Business Cards sossun nee nn en nn rene een nn nrr nr ie eet diet eee st 284 10 Settings EH nt ent 287 Part X Additional Information 294 11 BACKUP FUN EAE 294 2 Restore BACKUP ceed ceetucic nce AEE TAS EEANN E 296 3 Pension PrOCCSSING ss a ssisnnesieicnnes 297 4 ACCOUNTING GUID eosina era araara r eaaa eE eteectscdeusacereneedecedeevcepeseccseocsenecureshtatedentecs 299 a a E E diamant 300 Asset ClaSS E E E E E E E E eneb essences tisse 306 Asset Allocation Categories ii eicczicscccccececscccncetitecteecece tec sate cccecesteeneai vecdeesueecee race cawaeuuccepsai veer en een tentes gen einen 307 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved V MySF Manager User Manual Recording Purchases Of Assets cccseecesseeessseeeesseeeeeseneeenseeeseseeneeaseneeessaeeseseaeeeesaneeensaeesessaeesesaneeensneesensseaeens 307 D ADOU moda cect cea ccs a A nes a ses 309 6 Technical Requirement ccccsseeeeeesseeeceesseeeeeenseeneeenseeeeeeeseeneeseseeneeseseeneeseseeneesnseeneesnsesseees 310 Part XI Buy MySF Manager 310 Index 0 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 6 1 Introduction Super Software for DIY Super Congratulations on your purchase of MySF Manager The MySF Manager software gives you a number of different pieces of functionality which operate in an integrated manner These include
251. neseztucedsecs Weighted MOVING AVerage 2 2 75 mimi raaa pinea EEEE sanders SEEI AERA A A E S Technical Studies Accumulation Distribution Average True Range ecescesscessessseceseeseaeeeseeeeseeeneceaeecsaeeeaeesaeeeaeessaeeeaeeseaeesseeseaeecaeseaeeseaeseaeeseaeesseeseaeeeas Chaikin Jo10 e 0 deere rere cer ree ter ere ener trees eee rtrir err rrercer eer averse rerr ert an iaaa a ar iea reer ant terre reererrer rrr Commodity Channel Index sise Detrended Price Oscillator s ssssirenssssssenrmmiinnenneseentin errant iaminininniansenniiniennais EASE Of MOVENMEMM E sesceintsesesncacsAeededeSsncaseseecdsdondshysss dxshcsdectenetiedsncadessuvsancsseiadscheact ce Wancdtesieidach selves Moving Average Convergence Divergence ss 204 IMSS ao lED AOE TE E T E A TE Cats acuaneadexnantiamuareegsuet M mentU M ssenarinin niaaa Ea ARAE E CNE N RECANE EAK RAEES EAA REDEA REAAL ASEEN AAAA Money Flow INGOX ccic c ccsesscensecesd casseaconensecchaceeascraaecesdinesseucnacnscecuannnsiaeacedascpeaazsaceedeacatyacssanapngesascneaarsachaeacceas Negative Volume MAX essensen i aaa aa ariaa ia PUS is R el O Balance Vole cst cccczsessiesaicesvsixnessiaeteascencesasbicessdeciasassanadeSscnegectacrsa tansicceecasantigstusastaasscrbigen Aaaa adana Percentual Rate of Change teTaretannie LEE EA NEE E E E E E E E ETE E E E EE Positive Volume Index trentenaire Price and Volume TOM is sca 5 ccsneccasicccneacessancencenergsc
252. ng gt Batch Reporter lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 170 This functionality is only available in MySF Manager Professional There are two ways to reach the Batch Reporter one is through Menu Reporting gt Batch Reporter the other is through the fund Selection screen as shown below Select Fund Fund Selection Please select from the list of exdsting funds and cick Continue Cick Create Fund to create a new fund Discuss Shares Property Options Warrants Investment Funds CFDs and more at www manageinvest com Find out how to get the best out of Manage Invest and take even better control through our hints and tips section Is there some useful functionality you beleve is missing from Manage Invest Tel us now and we wil evaluate R for indusion Version 3 0 0 Professional Copyright MySF Pty Ud ACN 102 845 278 ro mys com au rares sry com au The Batch Reporting Utility enables users to run any number of reports for any number of funds creating a single report booklet for each selected fund containing all of the reports designated for inclusion Reports can be displayed on the screen automatically exported to PDF or both If you would like to save the selections you have made and the parameters you have defined for the reports to a file which can be reloaded later please click on Save Settings To load previously saved settings please cli
253. nst the appropriate account in the General Ledger MySF Manager will split the distribution amount amongst the various parcels of shares owned by the fund For example if you have three purchases of XYZ shares the program will divide the distribution amount proportionally to each parcel This enables the software to track income for each share purchase for the purposes of accurate reporting and record keeping You can use the auto calculate feature to calculate the franking percentage or imputation amount for a distribution received Simply enter the imputation credit amount or the franking percentage and the other value will automatically appear in the relevant field E3 Note This feature uses the company tax rate setting found under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial You can modify this setting at any time It is important to note that capital gain tax liability is calculated initially at the point of sale of the asset however where a fund has a capital loss for a specific asset class and the 1 3 discount rule has been used to calculate CGT then an adjusting entry is required at year end A capital loss or carried forward losses must be applied firstly against the gross capital gain prior to applying the 1 3 discount Throughout the year it is not possible to forecast capital losses which may occur so MySF Manager recalculates the value as part of the year end rollover and processes an adjusting journal entry to calculate
254. nt per Unit 0 300000 Capital Repayment per Unt 0 300000 0 300000 0 300000 0 300000 Select the Asset Class for the Shares from the drop down list Select the Share Code from the drop down list Select the date on which the Capital Repayment occurs Only those Shares owned at that date will be displayed Enter the amount per unit that the share was received When the information is correct click on Process to adjust the Asset records and create the journal entry Click Exit to close the Capital Repayments screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Depreciation Processing Menu Asset Utilities gt Process Depreciation Depreciation is the method used to account for the usage of assets and the consuming of an amount lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 100 of value over time Generally an asset is defined as having a useful life of greater than 12 months The ATO provides a guide to depreciation on their website as well as rulings on what they consider to be the effective life for different types of assets These are contained in TR2000 18 which is available on the ATO website www ato gov au Any physical asset in MySF Manager can be depreciated as long as a Depreciation Schedule is created and depreciation items are entered A depreciation item is a part of the total asset and cannot be separated from the ass
255. o to cancel 7 Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 153 MySF Manager User Manual 5 14 5 14 1 Select bank account Date Transaction Type Memo Reconcile Now Member Asset Account Tax DR CR Add line Clear fields Save progress Process The bank account to record all transactions against The date of the transaction The type of transaction e g Sale Purchase A short message explaining the transaction Tick to reconcile this item against the bank account now Use this to tag the transaction against a particular member Use this to tag the transaction against a particular asset The General Ledger account to post the transaction against For further help with this please see General Tips Select the relevant tax for this transaction The Debit DR amount of the transaction The Credit CR amount of the transaction Add another section of transaction details to the screen Clear all transaction details from the screen Save current transaction details and return later Process this transaction and exit Click Exit to close the Batch General Journal Transactions screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund GST Processing Produce BAS Report Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Produce BAS Processing the GST report at the end of each period can be a
256. o add the specified payment or receipt type to the list of types 4 If you wish to remove a payment or receipt type select the desired payment or receipt type you wish to remove from the list and click Remove at the bottom right of the screen 5 When you are finished adding or removing payment or receipt types click Exit to close the screen Payment Types When MySF Manager is loaded there are four payment types defined These are pension expense capital purchase and ETP roll out The first and last of these has specific processing related to the payment type lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 284 Pension Payments These require you to enter additional information For further help with this please see Pensions ETP Rollout Payment Type When a person leaves the fund an ETP roll over statement must be produced When an ETP roll out payment type is chosen the user is prompted to enter all of the values to produce the roll over statement There are four separate tabs which must be entered On filing the ETP rollover statement can be printed This statement can also be printed from the Transaction Reporter Prior to entering the ETP roll out transaction we suggest you print a copy of the members statement for the member For further help with this function please see ETP Rollovers Receipt Types When MySF Manager is loaded there are nine different receipt types Intere
257. o back to the main menu Add Distribution Reinvestment Market Value of Assets Chart Make this my default menu Revalue Al Listed Financial Assets Asset Values vs Investment Strategy What do you think of this menu Analysis Dashboard This area contains a set of dynamic charts that change every time data is edited in the fund There are three types of charts 40 00 30 00 20 00 10 00 0 00 Asset Allocations Displays a comparison between your target allocation levels and your actual investments based on their most recent revaluations Click more detail to open the Asset Values vs Investment Strategy screen For further help with this please see Investment Strategy Review If you have changed the colours of the bars columns in the chart display area by right clicking in that area see General Tips for further information click save colours to keep the desired colours for the next time you open MySF Manager Asset Allocations Market Values of Assets Income Spending Asset Allocations by Category based on most recent revaluations more detail save colours M Planned W Actual Cash Fixed Interest Property Shares Australian Australian lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 34 e Market Value of Assets Displays a graph of asset values over time Click more detail to open the Market Value of Assets screen For further help with this pleas
258. o use either the frozen index cost base method of calculating capital gains liability or the 1 3 CGT discount method If you need additional information on which of these techniques to use please consult you Financial Advisor MySF Manager will handle all of these different techniques and will display the fund s tax liability for each scenario Note that if the fund is in pension mode there is no CGT liability lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 84 7 Selling Financial Assets Selling Shares Seling v Shaves Cost of Sale excl Tax Number of Unts 550 000000 Tax Type on Cost v Sale Pace 35 530000 Tax Amount 0 00 Sale Date 30 06 12007 Where applicable use 1 3CGT Discount Frozen index Cost Base Lowest Taxable For pre 88 Assets use Cost Base v CBA 123455 Total cash received 19 505 50 Highest Taxable No U Coit Purchase Date Total Heldas Total Hoking Seling Sale Prce CGT Proft Loss CGT Proft Loss CGT Proft Loss at 30 06 2007 most Recent Non Taxable 1 20 4700 13 9 2005 300 000000 300 000000 183 333333 35 5300 2 749 00 1 832 67 916 33 2 20 7000 2 11 2005 250 000000 250 000000 152 777778 35 5300 2 255 69 1 503 80 751 89 3 25 5300 3 2 2006 200 000000 200 000000 122 222222 35 5300 1214 22 809 48 404 74 4 29 2500 4 4 2006 150 000000 150 000000 31 666667 35 5300 569 67 379 78 189 89 C The Capital Gains from this sale are non taxable
259. of Payment ex Tax 0 00 Tax On Cost P al Tax Amount on Cost 0 00 Transaction to Generate General Joumal v Bank Account to use CBA 123455 v To add a partial payment 1 Please fill in all required fields for the partial payment Descriptions of each field are listed below 2 Once all the required fields are filled please click on Save on the right which will process the partial payment and show you a dialog box confirming the transactions that will be processed 3 Go to Home gt Save to finalise changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 65 MySF Manager User Manual Asset ID Asset Shortname Attachments Payment Date Payment Amount ex Tax Tax on Payment Tax Amount on Payment Cost of Payment ex Tax Tax on Cost Tax Amount on Cost Transaction to Generate Bank Account to Use Generated by MySF Manager and is used to keep track of the asset throughout the system All assets begin with AA and the number is used in the General Ledger as part of the account number Used throughout the system to identify the asset As with a number of places in MySF Manager you can attach copies of documents We would suggest a copy of the rental agreement for the asset should be attached for easy access For further help attaching files please see General Tips Enter the date that this partial paymen
260. of a given investment because falling prices are accompanied by an increase in trading volume An increasing price and volume indicator may signal that money is flowing into an investment as price and volume are increasing together If the price volume trend levels off it may be a signal that the trend is finishing Price and Volume Trend parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 213 MySF Manager User Manual a a gt e oe e a Ele QO 2an GY Prices Studies On Balance Volume Percentual Rate Of Change Performance 80 Positive Volume Index e __MiPrice And Volume Trend 7 Rate Of Change n Volume Relative Strength Index 14001 i il d L dl x La J D crewing Features 0 Price And Volume Trend a Er Price And Volume Trend U Se aa D areare a es Ono en a Ve Perform On ClosePrice Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 RIO Oo Volume Price And Volume Trend 7 8 2 17 Rate of Change Rate of change is an oscillator type technical study which displays the difference between the current price and the price a given number of periods ago Rate of change can be very useful because it is a leading indicator meaning that rate of change indicator will change direction before the price of the underlying investment Note that the rate of change is also
261. om of the screen You will be prompted to select either a Major edit or a Minor edit to the transaction A major edit allows you to edit any aspect of the transaction which involves reversing the transaction and posting again with updated transaction details A minor edit only allows the editing of the reference number memo and payor fields This prevents you from making a change to any major details by accident that you do not wish to change Please edit the fields of the cash payment Descriptions of each field are listed below Click Save to reverse the original transaction made to the General Journal and process the edited transaction 8 Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter os so To reverse a cash payment 1 Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter 2 Filter the Report on fields to show cash payments that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank Cash Payments lt payment type gt 3 Select the first level item of the cash payment you wish to reverse from the items that show in the middle of the screen 4 Click Reverse transaction from the bottom of the screen 5 You will be prompted to enter a memo for this reversal this is not compulsory Click Ok to continue 6 You will be shown the entries that will be made to the Gen
262. on MySF Manager includes the option of compressing the account structure In practice this means that when exporting accounts which were asset or member specific are collapsed to their parent accounts which in turn become detail accounts they were summary This compressing of account structure also affects any transactions that are imported at this time by redirecting the transactions to the appropriate accounts if needed Please note that by selecting to compress the account structure you will also select to use numeric account identifiers only even if that option is later deselected This will in effect compress the account structure as outlined above as the only accounts with non numeric identifiers are sub accounts created for specific assets or members If you wish to exclude any accounts which are currently inactive in MySF Manager please check this box Inactive accounts in MySF Manager are generally accounts which are preloaded but not yet in use Please tick this box if you would like to show currency amounts such as Current Balance in the export as a numerical figure without the dollar sign If you are exporting the status of the accounts Summary Detail you can change what this will be shown as in these two fields MySF Manager uses an account number format where an account s number is 4 digits followed by a sub number of 6 characters or more if applicable If you require the account numbers to be longer t
263. on open low high close adjusted close Volume Volatility Chaikin s Q3 06 Q4 RIO Volatility Chaikin s a 0 olt ma e aH 2 p 2an gx Prices Studies TRIX Vertical Horizontal Filter Volatility Chaikin s Volume Volume Oscillator Williams R Drawing Features Volatility Chaikin s Periods 10 Shift Days 10 Perform On ClosePrice 7 8 2 24 Volume Oscillator Volume oscillator is a technical analysis study which measures the difference between two moving averages One of the moving averages is a fast short low number of periods moving average and the other is a slow long higher number of periods moving average The volume oscillator will be zero when these moving averages cross positive when the fast moving average is higher than the slow moving average negative when the fast moving average is lower than the slow moving average Therefore a strong positive volume oscillator signals a possible upwards trend while a negative volume oscillator signals a downward trend Volume Oscillator parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating fast short component Number of periods to use in calculating slow long component Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 221 MySF Manager User Manual 2 0 olt Mja aB
264. ons 3 Click Save to process the distribution and create the General Journal entries automatically 4 Click Exit to close the Cash Receipt screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 118 Tax free amount Will CR Tax Free Income Tax deferred amount This amount will be used to decrease the cost base of the asset s that earned the tax deferred income Special Income Special income is taxed at a higher rate It is income from non arms length transactions or some trust distributions Foreign Income Will CR Foreign Income Foreign Tax Credit This is the amount of the foreign tax paid for which there will be a credit rebate and will create a journal which will DR Foreign Tax Rebate liability and CR Foreign Tax Credit income The amount that is entered here should be no more than the foreign income times the maximum amount that can be claimed as defined under Settings Any other amount over this amount should be entered in a General Journal debited to a foreign tax credit carried over account MySF Manager will provide a warning but will not stop the entry Other Tax Credits This is the amount of any other tax credits such as TFN Credit or ABN Credit and will create a journal which DR Other Tax Rebates Liability and CR Other Tax Credits Income CGT Frozen Index Three boxes are displayed for entry of values The Gross amount Taxable amount and Non Taxable Th
265. ons This screen shows you the transactions that will be posted as a result of the year end rollover It is best to go through the transactions and ensure they are correct before proceeding with the year end Wizard lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 258 Rollover Transactions Year End Process Rollover Transactions Rollover transaction for financial year 1 07 2006 12 00 00 AM to 30 06 2007 Rollover of income and expenses 4116 Dividends Received 13 383 25 3505 Proft and Loss 13 383 25 4145 Rent Received 23 650 00 3505 Proft and Loss 23 650 00 4160 Imputation Credts 5 425 06 3505 Proft and Loss 5 425 06 4210 increase in Market Value of Investments 65 823 00 3505 Profit and Loss 65 823 00 9 Produce reports A full set of reports for the financial year are produced and stored by MySF Manager as an attachment to the fund You can view them here by clicking the View button next to the type of report you wish to see The reports produced here can be accessed at any time in the future as a record of the fund through Reporting gt Report Tool gt Year End tab lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 259 MySF Manager User Manual 8 10 Generate Reports Year End Process Generate Reports The yeer end process will generate the following reports Profit and Loss Balance Sheet Cash Row
266. otes to accounts Currently using Version 2 as the funds account notes Master notes Versions Note account inks Display list of the links between notes and accounts for the selected version Select an option below to view list by ether Notes or Accourts View by Notes v 1 Summary of Signficant Accounting Policies 2 Accruals Basis 3 Assets 4 income Tax 5 Benefits Paid and Payable 6 Vested Benefits 7 Guaranteed Benefits 8 Income Tax 9 Reconciliation of Net Cash provided by Operating Activities 10 Reconciiation of Cash The existing Links are displayed on the Note Account links Tab Users can view the links from either the Account perspective or the Note perspective To add or delete a link click on Manage account links lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 272 7 Add Edit account link Add Edit account link Select a note from the ist To add an account reference select an account from the right hand side and click Add To remove an account reference select the account from the list and click Remove Notes 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies a CBA 1234555 9 Reconciliation of Net Cash provided by Operating 10 Reconc ation of Cash B sting account note inks The following accounts reference 3 Assets no accourts The Add Edit account link screen is a split screen which requires the selection of the Note on
267. ounts Members Reports Menu Reporting gt Open Report Tool gt Members Tab Report Tool Report Tool Buld and generate financial reports and member reports Financial Members Assets Transactions Year End Select member report type Member Contribution Statement Report Crteria Select member Hohn Smth Members reports provide a detailed breakdown of the fund from a members perspective The first report is the Members Contribution Statement Members Contribution Statement MCS The actual lodgement of this report requires the completion of the members statement on the form provided by the ATO The values provided by this report will provide sufficient information to allow the MCS to be completed The report needs to be run for each member and is included as a part of year end processing Only at this time are all values complete and accurate MySF Manager will complete as much of the form as is possible given information that has been entered Users will be prompted to confirm certain information and finally file away the statement against the member and date This can be called up at lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Reporting 166 a later time if changes are needed or for printing Members Position The Members Position Report provides a view of the members equity in the fund Select member report type Members Postion v Report ateria Select date range 01 7107 7 2003 to
268. out first deducting the tax withheld amount 127 MySF Manager User Manual 5 4 MySF Manager will split the dividend amount amongst the various parcels of shares owned by the fund For example if you have three purchases of XYZ shares the program will divide the dividend amount proportionally to each parcel This enables the software to track income for each share purchase for the purposes of accurate reporting and record keeping You can use the auto calculate feature to calculate the franking percentage or imputation amount for a dividend received Simply enter the imputation credit amount or the franking percentage and the other value will automatically appear in the relevant field E3 Note This feature uses the company tax rate setting found under Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Financial You can modify this setting at any time Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Quick Add Distributions Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Distribution The Quick Add Distribution screen allows the quick addition of distributions your fund has received Using this screen you can record distributions and distribution reinvestments without going through the Cash Receipt or Add Manage Asset screens lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 128 Y Quick Add Distribution Quick Add Distribution Date 30 03 2006 MBL
269. own at the bottom of the calculator Click OK to add this value to the field you initially wanted the conversion done on the previous screen 1 5 Sample Fund Before you start to create your own fund we would suggest you spend time browsing and using the MySF Manager Sample Fund which has been loaded with the MySF Manager software You can add transactions business cards and other data to the MySF Manager Sample Fund and really get the feel of how to use the system without any fear of making mistakes If you would like to restore the MySF Manager Sample Fund to its original state go to Home gt Refresh Sample Fund This will completely restore the original MySF Sample Fund and remove any modifications you may have made to it since receiving your copy of MySF Manager lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 21 MySF Manager User Manual 1 6 Creating a Fund Once you have familiarized yourself with the MySF Sample Fund and are ready to create your own click on Create Fund on the fund Selection Screen You can navigate there by going to Home gt Switch to another fund You can cancel the wizard at any time by clicking Cancel Select Fund Fund Selection Please select from the list of existing funds and click Continue Click Create Fund to create a new fund MySF Sample Fund If you would like any assistance with MySF Manager e see the help manual by pressing
270. p menu within MySF Manager These can be tailored to meet the needs of a user These represent the asset categories which will be used to record information for risk analysis purposes To enter the Planned Allocation On the left of the screen you will see the Planned Allocation and Tolerance Enter the planned allocation and tolerance percentages for each category and click on Save to file away each entry Planned Allocation The planned allocation is the percentage of total assets that you intend to invest in a specific asset lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 234 category It can be changed at any point in time as circumstances change and the fund reassess its investment strategy Tolerance The tolerance is the percentage or variance permitted in order to still consider the fund to be compliant with the strategy For example if a fund enters a planned allocation of 15 in Australian shares with a tolerance of 3 then an investment between 12 and 18 will be considered to be compliant by the MySF Manager software On the top right hand side of the screen you can Browse and Add a document to be filed away with the strategy This may be their advisors strategy document Any type of document can be attached and stored If you require further help with attaching documents please see General Tips The asset allocation categories that you use for
271. proceeding to the tenants and attachments tab If you are editing an existing asset select the physical asset you wish to edit the information of from the list of assets on the right 3 Please fill in all required fields for your physical asset Descriptions of each field are listed below 4 Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund To add a new tenant click Add underneath the tenant field A single asset such as an office block may have multiple tenants recorded against it lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 71 MySF Manager User Manual lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 72 Business Card Tenancy Agreement Terms Rent Start Date Rent Payable Amount Payable Annual Rent Includes GST Rent Review Date Attach File Use the Browse and Select function to select a business card for the tenant The business name or the persons name and details will than be displayed For further help with this please see General Tips This is a free form text field to record details of the tenancy Enter the rent start date Select from the drop down list from the options of weekly fortnightly monthly or quarterly Enter the amount payable in each period This is a calculated value based on the frequency of payment and the amount per payment Note the calculation is based on number of days so week
272. r BUY and B from the list for contains the value If there are any codes which are not assigned as Buy Sell Corporate Action or Capital Return you will be given the option of importing them all as Corporate Actions or not importing any Events with unassigned column values In the bottom third of this screen you are able to select which Bank Account to use for current year transactions Import Process Click on Import Data to start importing the information At this time you may be shown a series of information boxes to confirm your choices If all selections made are acceptable the actual process of reading the file to import data will begin Details of what events are being imported are displayed as well as a scrolling progress bar to indicate how much of the information has been processed Any transactions which cannot be processed are skipped Some examples of transactions which cannot be processed include sales of assets where the number of units owned at the time of sale is less than the number of units being sold and Capital Return transactions for assets that are not lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 45 MySF Manager User Manual owned at the time of the Capital Return Sale events may require a small degree of user interaction during the import process these are Physical Asset Sale sale of physical assets can only be imported if the asset has not been and should not
273. r You Liability for the Bank 1 4 Cost Base versus Market Value Balance Sheet Statement of Financial Position Shows Cost Base How Cost Base Can Change Calculating Capital Gains lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 300 Calculating Increase in Market Value 2 Asset Classes 3 Asset Allocation Categories 4 Recording Purchases of Assets 4 1 Recording purchases of assets which occurred in a past financial period 4 2 Recording purchases of assets in the current financial period 4 2 2 Determining Correct Cost Base and Opening Balance 10 4 1 Accounting 1 1 Basic Principles of Accounting Accounting is the process of keeping track of how much we own what we owe income that has flown in and expenses that have flown out We record every change in an account In other words accounts are the places where we record increases and decreases in the levels of assets what we own liabilities what we owe equity also known as net worth which is what would be left over if we sold all assets and paid off all liabilities income received and expenses paid There is generally one account for each type of event For example there is an account to record interest payments received and there is another account to record bank fees we have paid There are five different types of accounts Asset 7 Liability Equity these are called Members Accounts in MySF Manager Incom
274. r a non trending congestion phase Oscillators which work well during trading range markets tend to overreact to price pull backs during trending markets The vertical horizontal filter indicator attempts to remedy this by measuring the trendiness of a market There are three ways to use the vertical horizontal filter indicator 1 Vertical horizontal values above or below certain levels indicate the degree of trending The higher the vertical horizontal filter value the higher the degree of trending lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 219 MySF Manager User Manual 2 The direction of the vertical horizontal filter can be used to determine whether a trending or congestion phase is developing An increasing vertical horizontal filter indicates a developing trend and a decreasing vertical horizontal filter indicates that prices may be entering a congestion phase 3 The vertical horizontal filter can be used as a contrarian type indicator Congestion is expected to follow high vertical horizontal filter values Conversely low horizontal filter values may indicate a trending phase will soon follow Vertical Horizontal Filter parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating vertical horizontal filter Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a a gt H m e oHe A e Aaly GY Prices Studies Relative Strength Inde
275. r a simple way to record the people and businesses lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 285 MySF Manager User Manual that interact with the fund We decided on the concept of setting up a business card Everyone the fund deals with such as members companies and tenants are set up in the system as a business card Business Cards are divided into two types Individual and Business You can add as much or as little detail about an individual or business as you like and also have the option of importing Business Cards from an address book to save time 75 V4 Business Cards Business Cards Maintain business card details for both businesses and individuals Card Details Contact Information Additional Detais Use the Business Cards to record important people ike Tax Agents Financial Advisors Payors and Payees Setup V individus Business Card Name John Smith Person info Address Tije Mr v Male O Female Street John Suburb Town Paul State Smth Country 12 7 12 7 11950 Postcode Zip The standard Browse and Add screen is available from anywhere in the system where we need to refer to an Individual or a Business In MySF Manager where a reference to an Individual or Business is required for example in Payments or Receipts or in Asset recording you can click on Browse next to the field where the Individual or Business needs to be entered to bring up the box above
276. r documents can be attached as backup documentation for the transaction For further help with attachments please see General Tips lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 115 MySF Manager User Manual 5 1 1 When the transaction is balanced Total Allocated Total Amount you can save the transaction As with cash receipts the user will be presented with a proceed dialog which outlines the journal entry to be processed Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Cash Receipts screen Dividends Dividend receipt types will initiate additional processing prompting the user to enter additional information 7 Receipts Dividends Enter ful Dividends detais later C Record the receipt of dividends Details Dividend transaction of 1 256 00 paid by Sam Tenant against transaction CR0024 C Is there a tax withheld amount 1 256 00 Select account Browse Reset Memo Select asset v 0 00 7 Do not auto calcuate Percent franked 0 00 100 30 Company Tax Rate Check Settings to change rate Unfrarked amount To add a new dividend 1 Create a new Cash Receipt and in the receipt type field select Dividend 2 You will be shown the screen above Please fill in all required fields for your dividend Descriptions of each field are listed below a If you don t have all the details of your dividend place a tick in
277. r if it doesn t belong to any exchange select None If you don t have all the details of your distribution place a tick in this box You can access it at a later time by going to Asset Utilities gt Complete Past Dividends Distributions For further help with this screen please see Complete Past Dividends Distributions The default bank account is selected and can be changed if you have other bank accounts defined For further help defining bank accounts please see Bank Accounts Enter the total distribution amount received Use the Browse link to select the income account to be used eg 4116 Distributions Received For further help with this please see General Tips Enter the franked amount in this field This is the amount of the imputation credit as notified by the company on the receipt statement This amount will be used to create a journal which DR Imputation Credit Tax Rebate Liability and CR Imputation Credit Income Enter the percentage of the distribution that is franked If there is an unfranked amount enter the amount in this field If tax has been withheld from this dividend you can enter it here Tick this box if you are entering the franked and unfranked amount 131 MySF Manager User Manual 5 5 The entries made on this screen will generate entries to the General Ledger The account chosen will be used only for franked and unfranked amounts All other entries will post a credit agai
278. r new year transactions Remember to change the financial year dates back to the previous year when rolling over Cash payments in MySF Manager work on a cash basis not accrual This means that the details of cash payments should be recorded when the payment is made not entered in advance 7 Record Payments Record Payments Record outgoing payments including ETP s expenses and purchases Joumal Ref CP0008 Registered for GST Paying From CBA 1234555 F your fund is NOT registered for GST you wil need to select GST NC when peocessing GST on None lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 120 To add a new cash payment 1 Please fill in all required fields for your cash payment Descriptions of each field are listed below 2 Click Save to process the cash payment and generate the appropriate General Journal entries To edit a cash payment 1 Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter 2 Filter the Report on fields to show cash payments that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Whole fund blank Cash Payments lt payment type gt 3 Select the first level item of the cash payment you wish to edit from the items that show in the middle of the screen Click Edit transaction from the bott
279. rage True Range Commodity Channel Index Detrended Price Oscillator Ease Of Movement Volume Moving Average Convergence Divergence bal n as Lak ni D crewing Festuree Chaikin Oscillator 0 arf MO mn pf pel EM peer CEE Short Period 3 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Long Period 10 Perform On ClosePrice RIO E Volume Chaikin Oscillator 7 8 2 4 Commodity Channel Index Commodity channel index is a technical study an oscillator used to ascertain when an investment may have been overbought or oversold Commodity channel index quantifies the relationship between the asset s price a moving average of the asset s price and standard deviations from that average The commodity channel index is often used to determine cyclical trends in not only commodities but also equities and currencies The commodity channel index in combination with other oscillators can be a valuable tool to identify potential peaks and valleys in price It can also help to provide some indication of changes in the direction of price movement Commodity Channel Index parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating commodity channel index Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 202 a c gt H ma e a Ele e e 2an BY Prices Studies Accumulation Di
280. ration gt Asset Classes Select a previously defined asset class or an undefined asset class from either physical assets or financial assets Under the User Defined Values section define as many fields as you would like so when you add an asset of this type the fields defined here will be available To enable the user defined values in the previous step make sure that each field has a tick placed in the display box to their left If no tick is placed in each of the display boxes the user defined values without them will not be shown when you add an asset of this class lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual User Defined Values Display Label Text Size 4 Various Colours Attist Frame Type Style i O User Defined 6 Fi User Defined 7 Fl User Defined 8 d User Defined 9 v 5 Create a new asset of this class for further help with this please see Add Manage Assets 6 Edit the fields of the user defined values so that they give more detail about your new asset User Defined Values Size 172 5 x 278 5 cm Various Colours White Blue Green Red Artist Sandro Botticelli Frame Type Unknown Style Eary Renaissance When you add your new asset to your fund and click Save the user defined values will be saved alongside the asset Foreign Exchange Calculator Whenever you are
281. rcel of shares that is purchased at different times Each parcel is considered a separate asset in its own right and different parcels with the same code are grouped together by code within the software This allows accurate processing of tax deferred income and greater precision in capital gain calculations Please see latter sections for more information related to tax deferred income and capital gains calculations An important thing to note about accounts associated with a particular asset is that they contain an amount that is the cost base of the asset not the market value see section Cost Base versus Market Value Increases in market value can be an asset themselves but they are contained in a separate account called Increase in Market Value The only time that the balance of an account representing an asset is the same as its market value is if the market value happens to be the same as the cost base which is rare Liability accounts represent amounts owed to others by the fund A typical example would be tax owed by the fund Like assets liabilities are also split into current and non current Current liabilities are those which we reasonably expect to discharge settle within a year of them being incurred Non current liabilities are those which we do not expect to discharge within a year s time Equity accounts also called Members Accounts in MySF Manager reflect our net worth or put another way they are the portion of the
282. rd picker which displays wherever you are required to select a business card throughout MySF Manager Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Business Cards screen Settings Menu Configuration gt Settings The settings screen allows the definition of a number of important values which are used by the MySF Manager software The best way to think of settings is a set of switches which turn things on and off or define values that need to be used by the system There are five separate tabs used by the settings menu item 1 Fund Settings lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 288 7 Settings Settings Maritain system settings Fund Settings Financial Folders Reaksed Captal Losses Display Settings Use Asset Allocation Table Yes No Fund usemame password To change your usemame password enter details in the following fields and cick update Usemame myst Password Protection Enter a password for this fund It is recommended the password has the following properties e The password should be at least 8 characters long e The password should contain one alpha character a z A Z one numeric character 0 9 one special character from this set 1 M a _ 4 j lt gt contain upper amp lower case letters The password should not contain spaces begin with an exclamation or a question ma
283. rding this dividend using the Enter detail later option then you can access it at a later time by going to Asset Utilities gt Complete Past Dividends Distributions For further help with this screen please see Complete Past Dividends Distributions 3 Click Save to process the dividend and create the General Journal entries automatically lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 125 MySF Manager User Manual Process sp Continue with the following transaction Le DR 1101 DR 2210 Loves JIL 4 Click Exit to close the Quick Add Dividend screen Fields lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 126 Date Payor Asset Code Exchange Enter details later Deposit to account Total dividend amount Income account to use Dividend details Franked amount Imputation credit Franking percentage Unfranked amount Tax withheld Distribute gross amount Enter the date of the transaction The date must be in the current financial year and should not be future dated This uses the browse and select function Click on the Browse link and either select a payor from the business card file or add a new business card For further help with the business card picker please see Business Cards Select the asset to which this transaction relates Information recorded here is used by the analy
284. re based on the effective life and depreciation method Percentage Non Taxable Use If applicable enter the total percentage of this item that is not taxable Click Exit to close the Depreciation Schedule screen Insurance and Management Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class gt Insurance Manager Tab The third tab available records the insurance details of the asset as well other information related to the management of the asset Reminders can be added from this screen to the Calendar and a task stored in the To Do task list lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 68 2 Managing 001 Commercial Property 001 Commercial Property Office Block Man Financials Insurance Manager Tenants Attachments Managed By Browse Reset Browse Reset 325 000 00 1223444a Replacement Cost plus 5 milion Public Liabilty Pokcy Start Date 01 103 7 2004 Policy Renewal Date 01 103 7 2005 Add R j Editing the insurance and management details m Click the Insurance Manager tab 2 If you want to add a new asset click Add New from under the list of assets on the right This will take you back to the main tab where you will need to enter the required information before proceeding to the insurance management tab If you are editing an existing asset select the physical asset you wish to edit the information of from the list o
285. re of MySF Manager is the ability to automatically determine what the opening balance for the Accounts of individual Physical or Financial Assets should be and calculate any adjustments required to existing opening balances The automatic calculation can be done by ticking the check box which appears between the Balance and Debit fields on the line of the Asset or by clicking on Select Unselect All The adjustment to opening balance is calculated using the following formula Required Opening Balance Cost Base of Asset Number of Units Owned at Start of Financial Year Opening Balance Adjustment Required Opening Balance Actual Opening Balance Entered If there had been no opening balances entered for the account in question the Opening Balance Adjustment will be the amount that should have been entered To make sure that this calculation is correct it is very important that Opening Balances for a year are calculated before any events which may modify the cost base of Asset such as a Split Reverse Split Consolidation Capital Repayment Demerger Bonus Share Allocation etc are entered for that year If the Opening Balance Adjustment calculated is positive the figure appears in the Debit field otherwise it appears in the Credit field Processing or Saving Opening Balances If you have completed the entry of an Opening Balance and wish to go ahead and process the transaction please click on Process If you have not completed the
286. re prices The curves represent a measure of the intermediate term trend a simple moving average which in turn serves as the base for an upper and lower band The interval between the upper and lower bands and the middle band is determined by volatility calculated as the standard deviation of the same data that were used for the average Bollinger Bands parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating middle band moving average Number of standard deviations to use for upper and lower bands Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close a a ol mja e alr Qo Aap Bollinger Bands Envelope Trading Band Exponential Moving Average Median price 30 Simple Moving Average 10 Simple Moving Average 50 Simple Moving Average 200 Technical Studies AN Drawing Features 14000 Are Bollinger Bands 7000 Periods 10 7 Deviations 2 Si aa TER as Perform On ClosePrice Q3 06 Q4 Q1 0 a2 RIO go Volume Bollinger Bands lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 193 MySF Manager User Manual 7 8 1 2 Envelope Trading Bands Envelopes also known as trading bands are a price study used by technical analysts to define the upper and lower boundaries for a share The reasoning behind the use of trading bands is that share prices tend to bounce up off the lower band and bounce down off
287. rease lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 303 MySF Manager User Manual It is important not to think of debit as plus and credit as minus because that is not the case As stated above the effect of a debit or a credit depends on the type of with which we are dealing Note that a debit or credit by itself is not a transaction It is a line or line item of a transaction but a transaction is made up of at least one debit and one credit There is no such thing as a debit transaction or credit transaction Additionally every transaction must balance That is the total amount of the debits must equal the total amount of the credits You should steer clear of any application that allows the processing of a debit or credit by itself Collectively these applications are known as single entry accounting applications and are inherently error prone and difficult to use The accounting engine of MySF Manager belongs to a group that are referred to as double entry accounting applications because it never allows a debit or credit to be processed individually This means that processing errors are minimized and everything stays in balance Debits credits and transactions are best explained using examples which are shown in the next section What is a Transaction A transaction is a group of debits and credits For a transaction to be valid the total debits and credits must be equal Consider t
288. reate indicators like the moving average convergence divergence MACD 50 and 200 day exponential moving averages are used as signals of longer term trends lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 194 Exponential Moving Average parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to calculate moving average component Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close aa oln Mz ann Qo 2an Prices Studies Bollinger Bands ml lEnvelope Trading Band Exponential Moving Average Median price 100 o 30 Simple Moving Average 10 Simple Moving Average 50 L Simple Moving Average 200 fia Ko Technical Studies 80 70 4 L AN Drawing Features 14000 Volume Exponential Moving Average 0 sd as ET E Periods 10 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice Exponential Moving Average RIO E Volume 7 8 1 4 Median Price Median Price is a price study used by technical analysts as an indicator to provide a simple single line chart of the day s median price Median Price parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close AE EEE CO Bollinger Bands faj 100 _lEnvelope Trading Band Exponential Moving Average lSimple Moving Average 10 lSimple Moving Average 50 L Simp
289. received in the field provided Exchange Select which exchange the new share belongs to from the list Code Enter the new Code If the share is exchange listed then the details of the Company will be displayed automatically If it is not exchange listed enter in the Name and Short name Once the new code is displayed MySF will allocate the number of shares to each individual share asset Pre CGT Assets will change to have the asset acquisition date equal to the date of the Rollover and journal entries will be generated to move the asset values from the old asset record to the new asset record in the General Ledger Selecting Process from the bottom of the screen will finalise the transaction and generate journal entries Note that if any Pre 20th September 1985 shares are included MySF will generate an entry to non assessable Capital Gain to reflect the change in status of the new asset Click Exit to close the Scrip for Scrip Rollover screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Demergers Menu Asset Utilities gt Demergers spin off This is a utility like bonus share allocations for occasions where a company performs a demerger or breaks off part of what it owns MySF Manager will create the new asset records for the demerged entity and change the Cost base of the old asset Some of the processing rules around Demergers are complex and users do need to have information lt 2003 201
290. res real estate and cash as a way to achieve your financial goals For Example A user may have investments in Commercial Property 100k Land 100K and a Managed fund 100k Each of these may be an Asset Class within MySF Manager and would be recorded as Commercial Property 100k Land 100k Managed funds 100k If the Managed fund invests 50 in Listed Property Trusts and 50 in International Shares then the Risk Profile once the Assets are Allocated using the Asset Allocation Table would be lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 233 MySF Manager User Manual Property 250k International Shares 50k The definition of a Strategy within MySF Manager has two parts 1 Defining the Planned Asset Allocation 2 Defining the Document Text 2 Investment Strategy Investment Strategy Maintain your fund s investment strategy document Akey area of responsibilty for trustees of SMSFs is reflect the purpose and circumstance of the superannuation fund Planned asset allocation Document sections Asset allocation categories Category Name Cash Fixed Interest Australan E Cash Fed Interest Intemational M Fixed Interest Australian Property IE Fixed Interest International Shares Australan BB Property BI Shares Australian C Shares International 1 Defining the Planned Asset Allocation Asset Allocation Categories are defined in the System Setu
291. res units or other interests You are taken to have acquired the replacement shares for the cost base of the original interest The original date of the original purchase is maintained except for pre 20th Sept 1985 assets For these assets the date of purchase of the new asset is the date of exchange the amount of the Cost base is not the original cost but the value of the asset immediately after the exchange 2 Scrip for Scrip Rollover Scrip for Scrip Rollover Date of Purchase Number of Units Unit Cost Base From Rollover 13 09 2005 150 0 40 9400 02 11 2005 125 0 03 02 2006 100 0 04 04 2006 75 0 In the example above BHP is being taken over by XYZ lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 95 MySF Manager User Manual 4 4 Asset Class Select the Asset Class for the Shares from the drop down list Asset Select the Share Code from the drop down list Effective Date Select the date on which the Scrip for Scrip rollover occurs Only those Shares owned at that date will be displayed Ratio of Swap The Ratio is set up to be 1 to x where x is the number of new shares A Ratio of1 2 means we will get Half the number of shares that we owned A Ratio of 1 0 50 means we will get twice the number of shares we owned previously Number of Units Received Please select this option if you would prefer MySF to calculate the ratio for you Enter the number of units
292. rice and the type of transaction to generate however we suggest you take the time to add as much data as possible Data can be added at a later point as well 3 2 1 Main Details Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class gt Main Tab As shares are a popular investment for super funds below is an example of an Australian Stock Exchange ASX listed share As with many screens in MySF Manager the screen is split allowing you to select an asset from this Asset Class from the right hand side of the screen All shares are identified by the code and purchase date combined together A summary code which is just the share code sits above the individual assets Manage Financial Asset Standard 011 Shares BHP 13 09 2005 Main Additional information List of Assets AA0004 3 Cuvert 300 000000 BHP 13 09 2005 200 BHP 02 11 2005 BHP 03 02 2006 BHP 04 04 2006 BHP 0 00 CBA Browse Reset 6 141 00 a CPU MBL BHP Bilton Limted amp NAB BHP a QAN Sold 13 109 7 2005 Revaluation History BHP 13 03 2005 On 13 09 2005 Revalued To 20 470000 View and Manage Asset Alocation Table On 30 05 2006 Revalued To 29 330000 On 31 05 2006 Revalued To 28 230000 Browse Reset 5 On 01 06 2006 Revalued To 28 650000 On 02 06 2006 Revalued To 28 480000 Aa MEINE PE Danesh nd Ta 090 ORNNAN Editing the main details 1 Click the Main tab 2 If you want to add a new asset click Add New
293. rk PE contain your username All passwords are case sensitive so be sure not to have the caps lock turned on If you have forgotten your funds password please send us an email info mysf com au Use Asset Allocation Table For some users the allocation of assets to a separate asset category may be considered as unnecessary Please be aware that if this is turned off the ability to report will be greatly reduced We would recommend that users keep this function operational and set to Yes lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 289 MySF Manager User Manual 2 Financial lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 290 Current Financial Year This hold the beginning and end dates for the current financial year The year end roll over process will change these values automatically Is the fund Registered for GST This switch can be set in this screen or in the fund definition screen Fund Tax Rate and Effective The tax rate for a SMSF is defined in this field along with the Date effective date Claimable Foreign Tax Credit This field holds the maximum amount of foreign tax credit that can and effective date be claimed against foreign Income A warning will be generated if a distribution has an amount higher than the percentage contained in this field Highest Income Bracket and This is the tax rate that is applied to special income
294. roceeding Please select the year end process that you would like to reverse 1 07 2006 to 30 06 2007 Select the financial year rollover that you wish to reverse and click Reverse Click Exit to close the Reverse Year End Process screen Configuration General Ledger Accounts Menu Configuration gt General Ledger The Chart of Accounts The Chart of Accounts is the core of the General Ledger In the design of the chart we wanted to provide flexibility but at the same time have a system that was ready to use without having to spend time defining new accounts The Chart of Accounts that is loaded will address the needs of most Self Managed funds without having to make any changes The chart is comprised of Detail level accounts which can be used for posting of transactions and Summary Accounts which report aggregated amounts for all of its children Transactions cannot be posted against summary accounts Within the chart an Account sits at a level 1 through 5 which means that a detail account can potentially have 4 levels of Summary account over the top The Report Tool allows users to select the display of information at a specific level in the chart Accounts are divided into five types lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 261 MySF Manager User Manual Asset 1000 to 1999 Liabilities 2000 to 2999 Member s Accounts 3000 to 3999 Income 4000 to 4999 Expense 50
295. rs funds Members funds 3005 2007 Page 1 of2 Please note that the Profit and Loss Report provides an estimate only of a funds Liability There may be adjusting entries related to Capital Gains or other items which may alter the liability We recommend that Trustees consult a Professional Tax advisor to ensure values are correct Balance Sheet Statement of Financial Position The Balance Sheet is displayed as at a specific selected date You can select to hide Account Numbers and to hide or display the detailed accounts Trial Balance The Trial Balance shows the balance of each account in account order for each account type The total of all Debits and all Credits need to be equal Cash Flow Report The Cash Flow Report uses the Payment and Receipt type to classify the flow of funds into and out of the fund Dividends The Dividends Report shows all dividends received and data relating to those dividends between the specified dates Distributions The Distributions Report shows all distributions received and data relating to those distributions between the specified dates lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 165 MySF Manager User Manual 6 2 2 General Ledger Transactions General Ledger Transactions report allows you to specify one or more General Ledger accounts and print transaction details grouped by each account This allows you to monitor the transaction activity of selected acc
296. rsion of MySF Manager that you are running The End User Licence Agreement You can click the link to this which will open your default document viewer About MySF Manager a 33 MySF 7 Version 8 0 0 Manager Copyright MySF Pty Ltd 2003 2009 All Rights Reserved Conditions of use include End User Licence Agreement When you are finished with the About screen click Exit to close it 10 6 Technical Requirements We recommend the following minimum requirements for installing MySF Manager Pentium III 450 MHz minimum processor Operating System Microsoft Windows NT with service pack 6a or later Windows 2000 with Service pack 2 or later Windows XP Professional Windows XP Home Edition Windows Vista all versions Minimum RAM 132 Mb Recommended Disk space minimum 200Mb SVGA 1024x768 or higher resolution display with minimum 256 colours Your computer must also meet the requirements set forth by Microsoft R for installation of NET 2 0 11 Buy MySF Manager Once you have finished with the demo version of MySF Manager and you are ready to purchase the software you can do so by going to the MySF website or filling out an order form links located at the bottom of this page Whether you re a DIY fund manager or an accounting business MySF Manager gives you all the power lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 311 MySF Manager User Man
297. rspective and they are looking at the account as a liability 1 4 Cost Base versus Market Value One of the common sources of misunderstanding of financial reports for a portfolio and the biggest source of mistakes during setup is failing to distinguish between cost base and market value The cost base of an asset also known as its capitalised cost is equal to the amount paid for the asset including any capitalised expenses associated with the purchase and delivery such as stamp duty legal fees or brokerage less any amounts that have been recovered Very few events lead to a change in the cost base of an asset These events are discussed a little later in this section The market value of an asset is the value that is assigned to it in the market at any given moment in time The concepts of cost base and market value are largely unrelated Balance Sheet Statement of Financial Position Shows Cost Base lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 305 MySF Manager User Manual In the second example under the section What is a Transaction we showed that when an asset is purchased we process a transaction that contains a debit DR to the account associated with that asset The amount of the DR is equal to the amount of money that was paid for the asset including any capitalised costs associated with the purchase of the asset Therefore the balance of the account after the purchase will be the
298. rts or members reports and analyse the View and Edt Accounts The forums are amp good place to performance of the fund in terms of yield and asset allocation Business Cards etc look if you encounter any problems when using MySF Asset Mlocations Market Values of Assets income Spending MySF Member Forums Asset Allocations by Category based on most recent revalustions more detad fave colours Your User Details 40 00 Customer ID 415 30 00 Updates expire on 7 02 2009 id BB Fire Support expires on 7 02 2009 R 20 00 E cval les Cash Fixed Interest Property Shares Australian Australian Tasks There are two types of menu options available within the dashboard style menu layout The first is a quick menu style that contains the most common tasks any SMSF may perform The quick menu style is available by clicking the Quick Menu tab at the top of the dashboard menu The second menu lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 32 option is the main menu which contains a more standard and comprehensive group of tasks The main menu is available by clicking the Main Menu tab at the top of the dashboard menu This area enables you to visit important functions at any time with one click of the mouse button You can change between groups of tasks by selecting the appropriate label Navigating MySF Manager Main Menu 1 Select the type of task you wish to perform For example
299. s For more information see Physical Assets or Financial Assets It is important that users create assets prior to adding transactions or loading opening balances When an asset is created an account is created in the General Ledger Assets are created using the menu item Assets Where an asset was acquired in a previous financial year MySF Manager will not create a normal journal entry into the General Ledger On completion of adding an asset users are prompted to load the opening balances for the new assets You should refer to the setup guide sent to you when you obtained MySF Manager Alternatively please click here to download Setup MySF Manager pdf If the asset was acquired in the current financial year you will be prompted to create the journal entry You will have the choice of generating either a cash payment where the details of who was paid are included or a General Journal which only records the accounting entries and not the payee details Note that when an asset is added the amount that is capitalised includes any cost of acquisition e g stamp duty or brokerage paid It also includes any non claimable GST as this is a part of the cost of acquisition 3 1 Physical Assets Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class In MySF Manager we have divided the entry of data for a physical asset into four separate areas These are defined on the tabs when you enter into the Add or Manage Assets screen The four tabs ar
300. s at that date will be selected The user enters the ratio i e 1 2 to record the change in the number of share units MySF Manager will calculate the new number of shares and the new cost per share based on the values held in each of the asset records Clicking Process after you have entered all the relevant and accurate information Click Exit to close the Splits and Consolidations screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Capital Repayment Menu Asset Utilities gt Capital Repayment Capital Repayments is a function that is used when the company pays to the shareholder an amount of capital related to each share and is also known as a Return of Capital The impact is a reduction in the original cost of the share by the amount of the repayment A Journal is generated which reduces the cost base of the Asset this return of capital relates reduces the balance of the asset s account to and increases Cash There are no entries made for capital gain lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 99 MySF Manager User Manual 4 7 2 Capital Repayments Capital Repayments Asset Cass MERE Asset J Asset BHP 13 09 2005 BHP 02 11 2005 BHP 03 02 2006 BHP 04 04 2006 Asset Class Asset Effective Date Capital Repayment per unit Bective Date 07 06 2007 Bank Account CBA 123455 Capital Repayment Total Capital Repayme
301. s for each Asset Category including the total value using the revalued amount as at the selected date By changing the selected date users can see the changes in lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 184 value of the portfolio Allocation Analysis as at Enter the date to be used for the analysis MySF Manager will total values of all assets as at the selected date Value of fund This is a display only value and is the total value of the fund as at the selected date Additional Functions The View Report link will refresh the graph and data on the screen Drill Down to Assets If you click on the Data Tab above the graph you will be taken to a table format of the investment strategy review The values displayed in the review are made up of the Assets which are allocated to the Asset Category To view the Assets click on the sign and then click on Assets for a detailed list of assets which make up the value displayed as in the following example Chat Data Asset Allocations Category Planned Value Tolerance Actual Value Within tolerance Amount gt amp Shares Australian 25 00 5 00 38 08 No 179 885 15 H Fixed Interest Au 5 00 5 00 2 23 Yes 10 518 30 H Shares Internatio 5 00 5 00 5 20 Yes 24 542 70 E Property 45 00 5 00 48 80 Yes 230 518 30 Fixed Interest Int 5 00 5 00 1 48 7 012 20 5 00 422 19 941 30
302. s in the report Clicking on View Report will process the report and display the results MySF Manager will calculate the Income against that Asset or group of Assets and the Costs to produce a Gross Profit calculation For Current Cost reports MySF Manager will extract the value of the Asset Revaluations immediately prior to or including the date chosen to use as the base value for calculations Click Exit to close the Yield Analysis screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise changes made to the current fund Yield Graphs Menu Analysis and Insight gt Yield Graphs lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 177 MySF Manager User Manual This function provides a tool to compare the Yield of one Asset or Asset grouping against another For example You may wish to see the performance of your Property income vs Share income remember this is Yield not Capital Gain Alternatively you may wish to see each asset displayed one against another Va Yield Analysis Graphs Yield Analysis Graphs Graph yield for asset allocation categories asset classes and assets w You can select multiple tems from the list by holding down the control button Cri and clicking the left mouse button on each selection From the date beginning 21 07 2003 to he date ending 20 06 2004 O Current Cost Hiestoncal Show argh Yield for Assets between 1 07 2003 and 30 06 2004 BLD BT
303. s of Assets Income Spending E i216 Wl Capital Purchase 61 10 M Distribution 11 87 HB ETP Rollout 2 39 E Expense 12 47 more detail Dynamic Content The Dynamic Content area shows all the latest news and events from MySF Online Classic Main Menu The Classic main menu is available from Configuration gt Settings Select Use Classic Menu from under the Menu Settings section and click Save then Exit It is divided into two main sections e Main Menu Main Menu This area is where MySF Manager is driven from It allows you to visit any page at any time with one click of the mouse button Navigating MySF Manager Classic Menu 1 Select the type of task you wish to perform For example if you want to perform a Cash Payment select Managing Cash from the main menu which will take you to its sub menu Select Record Payments for this example 2 If you wish to go back one level of the main menu you can click lt Back from the bottom right of the main menu 3 To set this as your default menu type please go to Configuration gt Settings and click on lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 36 the Display tab For further help with your fund settings please see Settings MySF Main MAIN MENU Investment Strategy amp Compliance www mysf com au Define your investment strategy including planned asset allocations Connect to the MySF forum
304. s of MySF Manager documents can be attached as backup documentation for the transaction For further help with this please see General Tips When the transaction is balanced Total Allocated Total Amount and Total Dr Total Cr you can save the transaction As with Cash Payments and Cash Receipts the user will be presented with a Proceed Box which outlines the Journal Entry to be processed Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the General Journal Entry screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 146 5 11 Regular Transactions Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Regular Transactions The Regular Transaction function in MySF Manager is designed to take some of the pain out of entering transactions A regular transaction can be set up for a cash receipt cash payment or General Journal As with each of these transactions a regular transaction can be recorded against an asset or a member or neither The Regular Transaction Manager records the information related to the transactions you wish to enter and schedules each transaction within the calendar Function in MySF Manager When the user enters the MySF Manager software the calendar is checked to determine if any transaction are due to be processed and the user is then prompted to process the transaction 7 4 z V4 Regular Transactions View and Manage Regular Tran
305. sactions Select Transaction Type Cash Receipt J Regular Transaction Stat Date 01 07 7 2003 Frequency Once every 2 Weeks v Regular Transaction Stop Date 30 06 7 2004 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 147 MySF Manager User Manual Select Transaction type Select a Cash Receipt Cash Payment or General Journal Start Date Enter the date of the first transaction Frequency MySF Manager will schedule the transaction based on the frequency entered The frequency is determined by entering the number followed by the time period E g 2 Weeks would schedule the transaction for Once every fortnight 3 Months would be once every Quarter Stop date This is the last day that the transaction is to be scheduled We suggest users don t schedule transactions further than one year in advance To perform a regular transaction m Select the transaction type from the Select Transaction Type box Enter the date you wish to begin the regular transactions in the Regular Transaction Start Date boxes For further help with date fields please see General Tips The frequency boxes tell MySF Manager how often you wish to perform the regular transactions beginning from the start date above Place a numerical value in the first Frequency box which will represent how often you want the transaction to perform Select the frequency from the list next to the previous field as either Days Weeks
306. segregated asset is one which is tagged to a specific member of the fund for the purpose of allocating the income from that asset to the member When income and expenses are being allocated as a part of year end processing segregated assets are processed first Continue to the next step by clicking on the Tenants Attachments Tab Click Save to finalise changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Add Manage Physical Asset screen Tenants and Attachments Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class gt Tenants Attachments Tab lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 70 The final screen available is used to record details of Tenants and to attach documents or photographs Any type of file can be attached to the asset record There are two fields on this screen the asset tenant and the attachment of files For further help with adding attachments please see General Tips 7 Managing 001 Commercial Property 001 Commercial Property Office Block Main Financials Insurance Manager Tenants Attachments List of Assets Al Commercial Property Current Editing the tenant and attachment details En Click the Tenants Attachments tab 2 If you want to add a new asset click Add New from under the list of assets on the right This will take you back to the main tab where you will need to enter the required information before
307. select an account by clicking on the check box This means the account will not be included in the allocation calculations on the following screen Allocations Click on the Allocations Tab view the members allocation percentages calculated automatically by MySF Manager 2 Member Allocation Table Member Allocation Table Manage each member s allocation of the superannuation fund Accounts Allocations Actuarial Calculations Formula Member s opening balance 50 of total members contribution opening balance of fund 50 of total contributions Name Calculated Allocation Ovemidden Allocation John Smith 50 37 50 37 Sally Smath 49 63 There are two formulas defined Formula 1 this is the default selection Member opening balance 50 of contributions for the member divided by total opening balance of the fund 50 of total contributions In this first formula the use of the 50 value averages the contributions made over the year Formula 2 Member opening balance 100 of contributions for the member divided by total opening balance of the fund 100 of total contributions lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 248 Each formula will give a slightly different result If a fund chooses not to use either of these formulas then a straight percentage allocation can be entered into the field labelled Overridden Allocation This can be reset
308. set for at least the start and end date of the period in question For Australian Self Managed Super Funds an increase in the market value of investments would be recorded to the Increase in Market Value account which is an asset account 10 4 2 Asset Classes Asset classes represent the types of assets in which a fund invests Typical examples include Equities Fixed Interest Managed Funds Residential Property Commercial Property etc Asset classes allow the classification of assets based on their characteristics There are two categories of asset classes physical and financial Classes of physical assets are those which will hold tangible assets that may be depreciated but do not need to be and where the number of units is always one Assets in physical asset classes can never be subject to corporate actions and do not have an expiry date Typical examples of physical asset classes include property artwork coins and classic cars Financial asset classes hold assets represented as some number of units where an member may choose to buy more units in the asset or sell down their holding Standard financial assets may be subject to corporate actions but may never be depreciated and do not have an expiry date Typical examples of standard financial asset classes include equities fixed interest investments and managed funds You may have up to 10 physical asset classes with unlimited numbers of assets in each class and 10 financial
309. significant amount of work With MySF Manager we have tried to take some of the pain out of the process It is advisable to have your BAS Worksheet available before starting the GST Processing lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 154 FA BAS Statement BAS Statement Calculate and report the amourts for BAS statements Enter period 01 7 07 7 2003 to 30 7 06 2004 Show Enter the dates for the BAS Statement This is a date range for the BAS report Click Show to display all the transactions in the date range MySF Manager will list all sales and all purchases with a description of the transaction Three financial fields will be displayed These are Sale or Purchase amount GST Amount and GST Expense You need to then go through each transaction and select the appropriate classification For Sales the classification codes range from G1 through to G9 and for Purchases the codes range from G10 to G20 The following Table provides a list of each of the codes lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 155 MySF Manager User Manual Sales Purchases G1 Total Sales inc GST G10 Capital purchases including any GST G2 Export Sales G11 Non Capital Purchases including any GST G3 Other GST Free Sales G12 G10 G11 G4 input Taxed Sales G13 Purchases for making input taxed sales G5 G2 G3 G
310. sis tools in MySF Manager to produce yield analysis for assets Enter the code to be used to identify the asset The code whether exchange listed or not will be used as the group header or parent of all assets added with the same code Select which exchange the asset belongs to or if it doesn t belong to any exchange select None Place a tick in this box if you don t have all the details of your dividend You can access it at a later time by going to Asset Utilities gt Complete Past Dividends Distributions For further help with this screen please see Complete Past Dividends Distributions Select the bank account you would like to use to record this transaction For further help defining bank accounts please see Bank Accounts Enter the total dividend amount received Use the Browse link to select the income account to be used eg 4116 Dividends Received For further help with this please see General Tips Enter the franked amount in this field This is the amount of the imputation credit as notified by the company on the receipt statement This amount will be used to create a journal which DR Imputation Credit Tax Rebate Liability and CR Imputation Credit Income Enter the percentage of the dividend that is franked If there is an unfranked amount enter the amount in this field If tax has been withheld from this dividend you can enter it here Tick this box if you are entering the franked and unfranked amount with
311. sn ent nenneee este a AAEH aeaea EEEa ETRA 148 13 Batch General Journal ssssssannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnann nnnm nnana ANNAN ARNAN NRAN ANNARRA ARANAN AAAA 150 14 GST Proc ssino n aaaea aae aeae dun aaa aaas 153 Produce BAS Report sc eseseteraceresenenescnnseennte nets nesip R ete daS ceuesetuceveesetaesacarscccs 153 Previous BAS Reports 0 r ea leecedeiesseteesccedtcescaieecnersucttvcestateetecedtec caieecnetencte 157 GST POSITION E E E E E E EA E T E S TE E T E E S E 158 Part VI Reporting 159 1 Transaction Reporter 2 159 2 Report TOO cts dat he cee acetic std a eh sem tee tit U te dencre titane 161 Financial R pOrts ss sssssissanamneansarenn nasenanerenannesananeneaesesnasanenanasensaneratann sabaseneanenrstennesananensanins 162 Members Reports nn en ice en a raaa een ec ar ean een essence ten des ee esta ets ou 165 ASSet C olo gt e E E E 166 Transaction Reports i ccisiciccscecesestcessssancsascecasentarasiscnencicarsennedesocnanevancessveauarendsenencicansseatdsasnanesancasascabasspdbendectsentens 167 Year End Reports i cccascsesesciscsesstvesasesasasenedoeocarasavesencstnecnantarenabdsasensisaseasarssavesenssanedsansaresabasavaseusaseacarssubesaveseuecewaca 168 3 Batch Reporter sceeeverueeeed heeeaes 169 Part VII Analysis and Insight 174 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved MySF Manager User Manual NO OO BB OD Yield Amal SIS ss
312. sset and Cr Dividend Received income account There is also additional processing with a dividend reinvestment and distribution reinvestment see below Enter the code to be used to identify the asset The code whether exchange listed or not will be used as the group header or parent of all assets added with the same code The company name will be displayed for exchange listed shares For other investments enter the company name This is used for display throughout MySF Manager Enter the purchase date of the asset For further help with date fields please see General Tips Enter the percentage franked of the share or investment If there is a need to record a brokers name it can be entered in this field For further help with this please see General Tips Select the bank account to use for this transaction Enter the cost per unit Enter the number of units owned for the asset being added Enter the amount of brokerage or other purchase costs which should be capitalised From the drop down box select the tax type to be used for expenses This is a calculated value based on the brokerage fee times tax rate for the selected tax This is a calculated amount and is the amount to be capitalised against the asset account Transaction to Generate For asset additions outside the current financial year no journal will be generated For current year purchases select either a cash payment transaction or a General Journal
313. sset from the right hand side of the screen On the left hand side the Asset Class Asset ID and the Asset Short name will be displayed Enter the date of the revaluation and the new value of the asset Attachments can be added to the revaluation entry if required This may be a scanned copy of a revaluation document produced by a third party Finally you can insert the name of the person who did the revaluation from the Business Card file by clicking Browse For further help with this please see General Tips You can revalue all shares automatically as at a specific date or date range by clicking on Revalue all Financial Assets The following screen will be displayed and you will be prompted to select the date or date range Once a date or date range is selected click on Revalue assets for date range or Revalue assets for selected date to begin the revaluation The screen will freeze for a few seconds while the revaluation is performed and you will be shown the progress of the financial asset revaluations lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 92 7 e fA Financial Asset Revaluation Financial Asset Revaluation Please select to either revalue all assets between a given date range or revalue all assets on a particular date Revalue for the given date range From 01 o7 y 2006 To 30 y o6 y 2007 Revalue assets for date range Revalue for the selected
314. st and rent are only used to classify the source of funds Dividend and Distribution receipt types will initiate additional processing prompting the user to enter the percent franked and other information such as the amount of franking credits For distributions additional information related to capital gain and other attributes are included Member employer spouse and government contributions are used to record receipts from these sources Generally these receipts are recorded against the specific income account for the member ETP Roll In Receipt Type When a person rolls over an ETP into the fund an ETP rollover statement should be provided When the user selects a receipt type of ETP roll in then the ETP processing is activated There are four separate tabs requiring data to be entered MySF Manager will generate entries to the appropriate accounts based on the values entered We would suggest that a scanned copy of the ETP rollover statement be attached to this document If you don t have an electronic version of the document at the time of entering the transaction then it can be added at a later point through the Transaction Reporter For further help with this function please see ETP Rollovers Click Exit to close the Payment amp Receipt Types screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 9 9 Business Cards Menu Configuration gt Business Cards When we designed MySF Manager we looked fo
315. st day of the financial year 9 Depreciation has been processed for physical assets if needed F Account notes have been defined for the financial year f needed Members adjusted taxable income ATI for the current financial year has been induded 9 Fund tax rates have been entered for this financial year ca The steps in the wizard are as follows Carried forward losses from previous financial periods Capital gains adjustment Allocation percentages Member Allocation Table Unrealised capital gains Calculate profit and loss for the fund Allocate profit and loss to members Members Contribution Statements Rollover transactions Produce reports and rollover to the new financial period 1000 N OF a iN 1 Carried forward losses from previous financial periods Any carried forward losses from previous financial periods will be displayed on this screen If there are no carried forward losses the screen will appear empty so you may continue without applying any losses Firstly enter the amount of carried forward loss to apply against the current year gains in the first field This field will be automatically filled with the total amount of carried forward losses Secondly enter the current year loss amount to apply against current year gains in the second field The total loss to apply against current year gains will be displayed in the third field lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved
316. sted as if no sale had taken place Click Exit to close the View and Edit Sales Records screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Complete Past Dividend Distribution Details Menu Asset Utilities gt Complete Past Dividends Distributions If you have received dividends or distributions previously but you did not know the component details you can enter them at a later date using this screen In order to view past dividends or distributions that have not had their component details filled you need to have placed a tick in the Enter full dividend details later box For further help with this please see Dividends or Distributions This is a way to add dividends and distributions received to your income accounts without filling in all lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 106 the details because you may not have received those details yet MySF Manager provides you with a reminder for this only in the Rollover of the fund GE Provide Dividend Distribution Details Use this screen to specify the dividend distibution details recorded cater lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 107 MySF Manager User Manual lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 108 Select Asset Dividend or Distribution Select dividend distributions to include
317. stribution Average True Range Chaikin Oscillator 0 Commodity Channel Index Detrended Price Oscillator Ease Of Movement san Volume Moving Average Convergence Divergence i r il L dl h Lak J More 0 Commodity Channel Index Pa A al a A pon Pal CR ln fie Commodity Channel Index Periods 14 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO oO Volume Commodity Channel Index 7 8 2 5 Detrended Price Oscillator Detrended price oscillator is an indicator in technical analysis that attempts to eliminate the long term trends in prices Leaving short term trends the indicator allows immediate overbought and oversold levels to be found more effectively Long term cycles are made up of a series of short term cycles Analyzing these shorter term components of the long term cycles using the detrended price oscillator can be helpful in identifying major turning points in the longer term cycle The detrended price oscillator is helpful in recognizing the underlying cyclical components of the price action Detrended Price Oscillator parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating detrended price oscillator Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 203 MySF Manager User Manual i Dy Hi g f E GJ ve a c gt y al
318. style lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 224 a aol mja ale Qo fale HN Prices Studies Technical Studies Configure Drawing Features Gann Fan 19 09 2006 10 05 2007 V Fibonacci Arcs 20 09 2006 26 02 2007 Fibonacci Arcs Signal Line Style E Dash Start Date 20 09 2006 End Date 26 02 2007 Start Price 65 38 End Price 80 11 Draw On ClosePrice 7 8 3 3 Fibonacci Fans Fibonacci fans are a charting technique consisting of three diagonal lines that use Fibonacci ratios 38 2 50 and 61 8 to help identify important levels of support and resistance Fibonacci fans are created by first drawing a trend line through two points in the chart which are usually the high and low in a given period The vertical distance between the points is then divided by the key Fibonacci ratios of 38 2 50 and 61 8 The result of these divisions each represents a point within the vertical distance and the three fan lines of the Fibonacci fan are then created by drawing a line from the leftmost point to each of the three representing a Fibonacci ratio Fibonacci Fans parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close Signal line style lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 225 MySF Manager User Manual a a olh mja
319. t Volume Moving Average Convergence Divergence 14000 F i 4 r il n d h Lal il DS crewing Features 0 0 ee anes TN Accumulation Distribution Perform On ClosePrice RIO Oo Volume Accumulation Distribution 7 8 2 2 Average True Range Average true range is a technical study used as a measure of volatility introduced by Welles Wilder The value of the true range indicator is the highest of current high less the current low the absolute value of the current high less the previous close or the absolute value of the current low less the previous close The average true range is a moving average of the true range indicators typically using a range of 14 days A share experiencing a high level of volatility will have a high average true range and a low volatility share will have a lower average true range Average True Range parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating average true range Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 200 a c gt et ale E a Hle QO Aaly BY Prices Studies Accumulation Distribution 90 v Average True Range Chaikin Oscillator 80 Commodity Channel Index Detrended Price Oscillator U Ease Of Movement Volume Moving Average Convergence Divergence 7 il n dl r
320. t Class will be used as a default You will still be able to edit the Asset Allocation table of individual Assets and Asset Allocations for existing assets will not be changed Click Exit to close the Asset Classes screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Asset Allocation Categories Menu Configuration gt Asset Allocation Categories Any Asset Allocation Category can be changed or deleted except Cash to reflect how you wish to report on the risk of your fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 278 2 Category Editor Editor Fixed Interest Australian Fixed interest Intemational Property The Asset Allocation Category is used by the Investment Strategy and Analysis Reporting to allocate the value of assets to represent a different view of your fund Through this technique the Analysis Reporting area of MySF Manager can provide a view of what proportion of the funds assets are in a specific category Unlike Asset Class which is the accounting classification the Asset Category is used to group and allocate assets based on risk A managed fund for example may invest 50 in Listed Property Trusts and 50 in International shares By allocating 50 of the asset value to Property Asset Category all reports will display the true value of your investment in Property To change the entry click on the Text and retype the value
321. t all areas of MySF Manager users can reverse a transaction and correct entries through a Journal entry This is one area where we break from that philosophy and allow the removal We would urge that this utility should only be used when there is no other option available as it has the potential to cause problems if transactions have been processed against an asset lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 102 GB Asset Removal Utility Asset Removal Utility Waming Before removing an Asset please make sure that you have Reversed Transactions associated with that Asset Closed all Accounts associated with that Asset Failing to do so may cause serious Accounting difficulties Removal of an Asset from the Fund is Permanent and cannot be undone F you have read al of the above and wish to remove an Asset please check this box H Commercial Property H Shares H investment Funds Tick Box Because of the potential impact on MySF Manager data we ask the user to acknowledge that they have read the warning Select Asset Using the standard Tree structure select the asset to be removed Click on Remove Selected to proceed A warning box will be displayed confirming the asset to be removed and prompting the user to enter Yes as confirmation The final step is the entry of the User ID and Password entered when the fund was established This will be prompted for e
322. t base per unit number of units sold Note that the capital gains may be split between several capital gains accounts depending on capital gains rules defined Some capital gains may be non taxable This usually depends on the amount of time for which you have held the asset being sold 4 2 Recording purchases of assets which occurred in a past financial period When you record a purchase of an asset through the Add Manage Assets screen for a past financial period please make sure that you enter Cost Per Unit as the cost base per unit of the asset as at the start of the current financial period it is very important to note that this is not the same as the market value and the Number of Units as the number of units remaining at the start of the current financial period When you record such a purchase the program will create the asset record and the account which represents the asset in the General Ledger but no transaction will be created The reason there is no transaction created is that no transaction may be processed outside of the current financial period The balances of these accounts at the start of the current financial year must be entered using the Load Opening Balances screen 4 2 2 Determining Correct Cost Base and Opening Balance The opening balance of an account that represents an asset from the asset ledger is going to be the asset s cost base not market value The cost base of an asset is the price paid plus th
323. t date as transactions cannot be processed in MySF Manager prior to this date If the fund is registered for PAYG tax i e is paying a pension then enter the PAYG Number provided by the ATO If your fund is an APRA fund enter the Super fund Number SFN Enter the email address to be used by the fund In the second screen of the fund definition step you are required to enter the registered address of the fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 25 MySF Manager User Manual Setup Fund Setup Define your superannuation fund details Wy l Please enter the Registered Address of the Superannuation Fund This is the address that will be registered with the ATO Street 12 Sample St Suburb Healesville State VIC Country Australia Postcode 3777 Click Next to continue Postal Address Enter the postal address of the fund or tick the Same as previous box to use the address entered in the previous screen Click Next to continue Important Business Cards In this next screen please enter the fund trustee the tax agent and the auditor details None of this information is mandatory for the set up and can be added at a later time if required lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 26 Setup Fund Setup Define your superannuation fund details Wy l Set up important Fund contacts by cre
324. t depending on the values you have chosen above For help using the functionality of graphs and charts please see General Tips Click Exit to close the Market Value Charts screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Income Analysis Menu Analysis and Insight gt Income Analysis Income Analysis is a way to compare and analyse all your income for the fund All the income of your fund is calculated as a Total at the bottom of the screen The income analysis screen lists all your income types and the amounts of income received for that type For further help with income types please see Payment and Receipt types You can see the percentage of income by income type in a graph to the right Income Analysis Fitter Income No Fiter v Indude From the date range 01 07 2003 to 30 06 2004 Select Al Unselect Al let Show Graph Grouped by Type Grouped by Accounts Aa Income by Income Type View Legend 4110 Distributions Received R0022 10001CR0022 ET Global 12 07 2003 6 200 00 4165 Tax Free Income CRO02210002CR0022 BT Global 12 07 2003 1 000 00 4170 Foreign Income CR0022 L10003CR0022 BT Global 12 07 2003 1 500 00 4175 Foreign Tax Credit CR0022410004CR0022 BT Global 12 07 2003 100 00 4400 012 Capital Gains Losses Taxable for CR0022410006CR0022 BT Global 12 07 2003 2 800 00 4500 012 Capital Gains Losses Non Taxable for CRO022410007CR0022 BT Global 12 07 2003
325. t most reliable and accurate signals and often help to pick the bottom top of the price trend a c gt e mja e a Hl Qo 2 GY Prices Studies Relative Strength Index Standard Deviation V Lanes Stochastics 50 TRIX ns Vertical Horizontal Filter Volatility Chaikin s Volume volume 7 i il 4 n dl i Lak i cr 0 100 0 7 8 2 21 TRIX Trix or TRIX is a technical analysis oscillator which shows the slope ie derivative of a triple smoothed exponential moving average The name Trix is from triple exponential Trix is calculated with a given n day period by first smoothing prices often closing prices using an n day exponential moving average EMA then smoothing that series using another n day EMA smoothing the result using a further N day EMA then finally calculating the percentage difference between today s and yesterday s value in that final smoothed series Trix like other moving averages is simply a smoothing of price data and therefore is trend following A rising or falling line is an uptrend or downtrend and Trix shows the slope of that line so it s positive for a steady uptrend negative for a downtrend and a crossing through zero is a trend change ie a lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 218 peak or trough in the underlying average The trix is very different from a plain exponential moving average In a plain
326. t normally be changed Country Enter the country where the exchange is located Suffix This field contains the exchange suffix used to enable online data retrieval This information should not normally be changed Known Codes This area shows all the known codes of your selected exchange If you edit anything on this page clicking Refresh at the bottom of this area will reload the known codes field and display any changes to it Refresh All Codes Click this link to reload all of the default exchanges with their default listed codes Click Exit to close the Exchanges screen 9 7 Tax Tables Menu Configuration gt GST Types When MySF Manager is loaded a number of Tax codes are pre defined These are GST Goods and Services Tax GST PC Goods and Services Tax Partially Claimable GST NC Goods and Services Tax Non Claimable GST is only claimable if the fund is registered for GST This information is stored in the fund details If the fund is not registered for GST users cannot enter the GST or GST PC code on any transactions lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Configuration 282 The only code which can be used for GST is GST NC Non Claimable 2 Tax Table Tax Table Maintain a ist of taxes that apply to fund transactions Tax ID Tax Code Tax Description Tax Rate There are rules governing what is claimable and what is not claimable with regards to GS
327. t received is an income account therefore to increase we credit The lines of the transaction are Debit Bank 500 Credit Rent Received 500 This is a valid transaction because there is at least one debit and one credit and the total amount of debits and credits are equal 1 3 Bank Deposits Asset for You Liability for the Bank If you look at statements you receive from a bank or speak to a customer service representative of a bank they will often refer to an increase in your bank account which is an asset to you as a credit Similarly when you look at a bank statement your deposits increases in balance will often appear as a credit and withdrawals decreases in balance appear as a debit This is the opposite of what we would expect A bank account with a positive balance is an asset to the fund therefore to increase we debit it and to decrease we credit However that same account is not an asset for the bank it is in fact a liability for them The reason for this is that when you put money in the bank they have to eventually give that money back to you For a bank the account is effectively a loan that you have given them which you may call back at any time Since your bank account is a liability to the bank they credit the account to increase its balance and debit to decrease its balance When you see a bank statement or speak to a customer service representative you are being told about the debits and credits from the bank s pe
328. t to be filled automatically tick the Do not auto calculate box next to it and enter the imputation credit amount Enter the percentage of the dividend or distribution that is franked up to 100 Record a memo for this transaction Enter the amount that is unfranked 109 MySF Manager User Manual 4 12 Click Save to complete the entry of a dividend or distribution to your current fund The dividend or distribution is now complete and the entries made in this screen will generate entries to the General Ledger The account chosen will be used only for Franked and Unfranked amounts All other entries will post a credit against the appropriate account in the General Ledger MySF Manager will split the dividend amount amongst the various parcels of shares owned by the current fund For example if you have three purchases of XYZ shares the program will divide the dividend or distribution amount proportionally to each parcel This enables the software to track income for each share purchase for the purposes of accurate reporting and record keeping Click Exit to close the Provide Dividend Distribution Details screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Financial Assets Editor Menu Asset Utilities gt Financial Asset Editor gt Select Asset Class It is important to note that the Financial Asset Editor can only be used if a transaction has not been posted against the Financ
329. t was made Enter the amount of payment made to the asset excluding tax Select the tax code to use on the payment amount This is a calculated value based on the payment amount and the tax rate for the tax code Enter any other costs that should be capitalised as a cost of the partial payment of the asset If there is additional tax on the costs associated with acquisition select the appropriate tax code This is a calculated value based on the cost of the payment times the tax Rate for the selected tax Two separate transaction types can be selected Cash payment will allow the entry of a normal cash payment transaction with the entry of cheque details A General Journal will process a debit and credit only with no details of the payee If the payment date is outside the current financial year the transaction will not generate a journal and the value of the asset should be added using Load Opening Balances Select the bank account to use for this partial payment Click Exit to close the partial payments screen Depreciation Schedule Any physical asset can have a depreciation schedule attached including improvement on assets For some assets the item to be depreciated will be the same as the asset description in the asset record For other items such as a Commercial Property you will need to break down the major asset into components each of which will have a different useful life An example would be the shell of the bui
330. te China AHSI Hang Seng Hong Kong ABSESN BSE 30 India AJKSE Jakarta Composite Indonesia AKLSE KLSE Composite Malaysia AN225 Nikkei 225 Japan ANZ50 NZSE 50 New Zealand ASTI Straits Times Singapore AKS11 Seoul Composite South Korea ATWII Taiwan Weighted Taiwan ASX 200 GICS Sectors AAXEJ S amp P ASX 200 Energy AXMJ S amp P ASX 200 Materials AAXNJ S amp P ASX 200 Industrials AAXDJ S amp P ASX 200 Consumer Discretionary AAXSJ S amp P ASX 200 Consumer Staples AAXHJ S amp P ASX 200 Health Care AAXFJ S amp P ASX 200 Financials AAXIJ S amp P ASX 200 Information Technology AAXTJ S amp P ASX 200 Telecommunication Services AAXUJ S amp P ASX 200 Utilities AAXPJ S amp P ASX 200 Property Trusts AXXJ S amp P ASX 200 Financial x Property Trusts ASX Indices AAORD All Ordinaries AATLI S amp P ASX 20 AAFLI S amp P ASX 50 AATOI S amp P ASX 100 AAXJO S amp P ASX 200 AAXKO S amp P ASX 300 AAXMD S amp P ASX MidCap 50 AAXSO S amp P ASX Small Ordinaries NZX Indices ANZ50 NZX 50 ANZC50 NZX 50 Portfolio ANZ10G NZX 10 ANZMGC NZX MidCap ANZGI NZX AIT ANZSCG NZX SCI lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 188 7 7 4 Europe Major World Indices AATX ATX Austria ABFX BEL 20 Belgium AFCHI CAC 40 France AGDAXI DAX Germany AAEX AEX G
331. te can be sold Any other assets will not be accessible Here the choice is between reduced cost base value as at 30 June 1988 and cost base If you need advice as to which to select please consult your advisor This can be used for costs such as brokerage fees Any items entered here will be capitalised and allocated across all of the units being sold This will be taken into account when calculating the CGT liability If there is tax on the costs eg GST then select the tax code This is calculated automatically 1 3 Discount or Frozen Index Cost Base Select one of these methods for calculating the CGT liability Selling Under the column Selling enter the number of units from each available asset to sell The total tax liability will vary based on how many you sell from each group At the bottom of the screen the total amounts for Assessable and Non Assessable Capital Gains are displayed When the sale is filed the journal entries to record the Taxable and Non Taxable amounts and adjust the asset record are generated Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Selling Financial Assets screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 87 MySF Manager User Manual 3 4 Quick Add Menu Assets gt Quick Add Financial Assets gt Select Asset Class The Quick Add Financial Assets screen allows the addition of multiple assets to your
332. tegy or a share purchase PDF file or photographs of a property that you own The principle we have built into the software is that we bring the attached document into the lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 295 MySF Manager User Manual MySF Manager environment so that is doesn t get lost or accidentally deleted When you Backup MySF Manager you have a choice as to which of these attachments you wish to include in the backup In the normal day to day business we would suggest you Backup all files However it you are intending to send a backup over the internet to be used by Advisor Link we would suggest that you only include those files which are absolutely essential 7 Backup Fund Backup Fund Create a backup for your My SF Fund The backup process will store a copy of your fund file mysf 1 and any of the selected attachments below V PhysicalAsset Guide ToAccountingForMySFUsers doc FundLocation pnq Minute Sample Minutes doc HS Total size 205 24 kb The Back screen displays all current attachments in MySF Manager As a default all documents will be backed up To deselect a document click on the tick box You can remove all attachments from your fund by clicking Clear Attachments Finding your Backup file and Backup ZIP file Once you have completed backing up your fund check the Backup directory Menu Configuration gt Settings gt Folders Tab This will cont
333. tes for 27 12 2003 CPO002 Expense Repairs 30 04 2004 CP0007 Capital Purchase 01 06 2004 GJ0007 Sale Sale of 20 06 2004 GJ0006 Sale Sale of 20 06 2004 GJ0006 Sale Sale of Total GST Paid GST amp Colected Click Exit to close the View GST Position screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 159 MySF Manager User Manual Reporting Transaction Reporter Menu Reporting gt Transaction Reporter All transactions in MySF Manager can be accessed through a single screen the Transaction Reporter FA Transaction Reporter Transaction Reporter View and maintain al transactions that the fund has executed Report on Whole fund v O Show me every transaction under this category Al transactions v Select a date ranae for these transactions 01 107 12006 to 30 106 7 2007 details 1 Show reversal transactions 01 07 2006 080001 Opening Balances Load opening balances 01 07 2006 080002 Opening Balances Load opening balances 13 07 2006 CR0015 Rent Rert from factory amp DR 1101 CBA 123455 2 150 00 CR 4145 Rent Received 2 150 00 E 03 08 2006 CROOIG Rent Rent from factory E 18 08 2006 CR0005 Dividends Dividends received from CBA 03 09 2006 CR0017 Rent Rent from factory Memo Rent from factory 06 08 2006 CR0013 Dividends Dividen
334. the F1 key e visit our user forums or e send us an email C SampleFund MySF Sample Fund mysf Version 8 0 0 Manager Copyright MySF Pty Ltd ACN 102 845 278 E Browse Delete info mysf com au www MySF com au Create Fund There are 4 major steps in the creation of a new fund and these are Fund Definition Bank Account Definition Fund Members Definition and Completing the Setup EIE Please note that the wizard contains several other screens within the 4 steps above lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 22 Welcome to the MySF Setup Wizard You can access help at any time during the program by pressing F1 Click on 1 Fund Definition to start creating your fund 1 Fund Definition Set up the details of your Fund including important information required by the Australian Tax Office ATO or APRA 2 Bank Accounts 3 Fund Members 4 Complete the Setup Cancel amp Complete the setup later The Setup process is a Wizard which guides you through each step in the process Clicking Next on each screen will take you to the next step of the Create a Fund wizard Clicking Back on each screen will take you back one step of the Create a Fund Wizard Certain information throughout the setup process is mandatory and other information can be added at a later point Before you start make sure you ha
335. the actual taxable and non taxable portions of capital gain For more information please see Year End Rollover Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund ETP Rollovers Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Receive Cash gt Select Receipt Type OR Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Pay Cash gt Select Payment Type Cash receipts and cash payments have the functionality to record Eligible Termination Payments ETP In cash receipts this is recorded as a receipt type of ETP roll in In cash payments this is recorded as a payment type of ETP roll out When either of these types are selected additional processing is triggered in MySF Manager In this section we will discuss the ETP roll in or cash receipt which will be the most common type of ETP The ETP roll in or roll out must be recorded in line with the ETP rollover statement If you are processing an ETP roll in you should have a copy of the rollover statement provided by your employer If you are rolling a member out of your SMSF then you will need to prepare a rollover statement in lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 132 the format prescribed by the ATO Once the receipt type has been processed and ETP roll in is selected as the receipt type MySF Manager will present a number of screens to be completed These screens are the same for both roll out and roll in Rollover fund Name and
336. the drop down list Select the date on which the Bonus Shares were allocated Only those Shares owned at that date will be displayed Enter the number of Bonus Units to be allocated As soon as these are entered an allocation will be made by the software based on the number of shares held in each asset record This is displayed in the Units Allocated field The value in this field is initially an allocated value however there may be circumstances where the bonus shares relate to only one specific purchase of a parcel of shares Users can therefore override the allocation of the system and enter the number of shares to be allocated against a specific asset Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Bonus Share Allocation screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Asset Utilities 94 4 3 Scrip for Scrip Menu Asset Utilities gt Scrip for Scrip Rollover If a company you owned shares in is taken over and you received new shares in the takeover company you may be entitled to a Scrip for Scrip rollover This may also apply to a unit trust investment Scrip for Scrip is not available if a share is exchanged for a unit or other interest in a fixed trust or if a unit trust is exchanged for a share Rollover does not apply for capital loss The Scrip for Scrip Rollover function allows you to disregard the capital gain made from the original sha
337. they have read the warning Select the member to be removed click on Remove Selected to proceed A warning box will be displayed confirming the member to be removed and prompting the user to enter Yes as confirmation The final step is the entry of the User ID and Password entered when the fund was established This will be prompted for even if Security has been disabled Once entered the member will be removed Click Exit to close the Member Removal Utility screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Superfund Administration 246 8 8 Member Allocation Table Menu Superfund Administration gt Member Allocation Table The Member Allocation Table MAT is used to allocate funds to each member It is used by the Year End Rollover Wizard to generate the split of the funds profit to each member There are three screens in the setup of the members allocation The first screen is used to determine which member s accounts are to be included in the formulae for the calculations of the percentages The second screen applies the decisions on accounts made in the first screen to one of two formulas and then calculates the percentage to be allocated to each member at year end The actual allocation of Profit is done through the Year End Rollover The third screen allows you to define the actuarial percentage for each member
338. tochastic oscillator can warn of strength or weakness in the market ahead As a momentum indicator stochastic helps to find turning points within the scope of the more significant trend To achieve better result stochastic needs to be used in conjunction with trend analysis or trend following indicators The best technique is to use stochastic with trend analysis to time trades in the duration of the major trend Stochastic indicates short term price fluctuation within the major trend support and resistance level Using these two techniques in conjunction gives a number of excellent opportunities The basic assumption behind the indicator is that in an upward trend price tend to close near the highs of the day In downward trend price tend to close near their low The stochastic oscillator is plotted as two lines a fast line called K and a slow line D K 100 latest close price lowest low highest high lowest low Note that both the lowest low and highest high are calculated for a n periods usually 3 D is an n periods simple moving average of K Lane s stochastic is a percentage indicator It always stays between 0 and 100 Market technicians use stochastic oscillators as a timing indicator for signals of market reversal There are three main signals the stochastic generates First a level above 80 is considered as an overbought warning signal and the level below 20 is used as oversold warning signal This sign
339. total amount of this transaction including any taxes Enter the date of the transaction The date must be in the current financial year and should not be future dated The Memo is used to enter a description of the transaction Select from the Receipt Types in the drop down box New receipt types can be added if required For further help with this please see Payment and Receipt Types Enter the first Line item amount All transaction can be recorded against either an asset or a member If this receipt relates to a specific member e g an employer contribution then select the member from the list For further help with this please see General Tips Enter the asset to which this transaction relates or leave as None Information recorded here is used by the Analysis tools in MySF Manager to produce yield analysis for assets Using the Browse and Select Function the General Ledger Chart of Accounts is displayed New accounts can be added if required For further help with this please see General Tips From the drop down box select the tax type to be used for this line E g GST If GST is chosen then the BAS reporting will provide information on this transaction The Amount included in the tax amount field is calculated based on the code entered These codes are defined in Configuration gt GST Types MySF Manager will generate a transaction against the GST Collected account in the General Ledger As with many areas of MySF Manage
340. triction on the total number of members when the type is set to SMSF Any assets that need to be segregated to the pension mode member will need to be done by going to each asset through the Assets menu and manually setting the asset as segregated to the pension mode member Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Fund Members screen lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 245 MySF Manager User Manual 8 7 Remove Member Menu Superfund Administration gt Remove Member This function is inserted only for those that have made a serious mistake in the adding of a member and need to remove the member from MySF Manager We would urge that this utility should only be used when there is no other option available as it has the potential to cause problems if transactions have been processed against a member 2 Member Removal Utility Member Removal Utility Warning Before removing a Member please make sure that you have Reversed Opening Balances associated with the Member Closed all Accounts associated with the Member Failing to do so may cause serious Accounting difficulties Removal of a Member from the Fund is Permanent and cannot be undone F you have read al of the above and wish to remove a Member please check this box g Saly Sm h Tick Box Because of the potential impact on MySF data we ask the user to acknowledge that
341. ts are used to record receipts flowing into the fund It is important to remember that receipts into the fund in the regular course of operations are income to the fund This includes contributions by members or their employers dividends and distributions received interest received rent received and many more lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 302 Please note that you may be required to record income when it falls due even if you have not yet received the cash This is an accrual entry MySF Manager is well suited to both accrual and cash accounting To find out more about how to deal with accrual entries please check the MySF Manager forums or contact support Expense accounts are used to record payments flowing out from the fund Expenses include payments to third parties such as bank fees paid or property repair costs or a payment out of the fund to members of the fund It is important to note that a capital purchase that is the purchase of an asset is not considered an expense Please note that you may be required to record expenses when they are incurred even if you have not yet paid for them This is an accrual entry To find out more about how to deal with such entries please check the MySF Manager forums or contact support Income less Expenses of the fund are its pre tax profits for a given period Income expenses and the resulting profit or loss are also what
342. ual and flexibility you ll need Just select the applications best tailored to your size and needs Different pricing and licensing arrangements are offered for DIY managers and accountants or financial advisors who will be running funds on behalf of clients The MySF website has a secure payment facility which requires you to select what options to include with MySF Manager Please click the Buy links below to purchase MySF Manager If you have received a promotional code from us the links below will allow you to enter the promotional code and the website will automatically discount the percentage offered to you Alternatively if you have already purchased MySF Manager you can renew your annual support and or updates by clicking the buy buttons below to renew your subscription A VISA mama We accept Visa MasterCard Cheques and Direct Deposit Single User Pricing Product Total inc 10 GST DIY Manager Subscription Pack all 3 below 660 00 MySF Manager Base Product 396 00 Software Updates 12 months 198 00 Support phone email forum 12 months 132 00 Multi Fund Licensing Product Total inc 10 GST MySF Professional 2 to 10 funds 770 00 BUY MySF Professional 11 to 50 funds 1 650 00 BUY MySF Professional 51 to 100 funds 2 420 00 BUY MySF Professional 101 200 funds 2 860 00 BUY MySF Professional 201 300 funds 3 630 00 Buy MySF Professional 301 400 funds 4 400 00 BUY gt
343. ude the name of the member to whom the Income is to be allocated Attached Files As with many places throughout MySF Manager users can elect to attach a document to this asset It can be used to store items such as the share purchase document from your broker For further help with this please see General Tips User Defined Values As with any asset class the user can define a set of fields to display which can be used for data entry For further help with this please see General Tips In the centre of the screen is the history of ownership of this asset record It includes the effective date and the number of units held Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Add Manage Financial Assets screen 3 3 Selling Assets 3 3 1 Selling Physical Assets Menu Assets gt Sell gt Select Asset Class Selling assets has a number of complexities because of the changes that have occurred in tax law over many years e For assets purchased prior to 30th June 1988 you have a choice of using either the original cost or the market value of the asset as at 30th June 1988 For assets purchased prior to 20th September 1985 there is no capital gains tax applicable For assets purchased after 30th June 1988 and prior to 11 45am AEST on 21st September 1999 you have a choice when selling to use either the Frozen Index Cost Base method of calculating capital gains liability or the 1 3 CGT Discount metho
344. ue one enoernese nv areara EN iaaea Tirede 67 Tenants Ang Attach Ment S a r aa r aa ccvseceessaeced sactetcssccedscecnssuensesersseessebetesseosseceoccsdeusceseddesbevbetensdeececiasses 69 AMEA PASS CUS E A E T T E E E E AE een 72 ee A A A TA E E A E T 73 Additional IMfOrimation wiscicccescccssccsexc 77 Gelling ASSIS ios cosas cose stat ececccaeinescuasete a N scene cc ire tetes 79 Selling Physical AsSets 1 000 0 eck cg seed ccc ne chi etait des AA aa AAE Ear AEA vous sanensecus cok EAEE 79 Selling Financial ASSCUS 5 25 sane ciueceecenece teed etceedacveccae vies aatedescngeei eds edcuveceuerbus lt tbedaueteddapveereas 83 eTO o eTo o Maaa soci cn cacececcecce E en ctisvcecsetateandl cecbeabcpaaet E E E AET 87 Asset Utilities 90 Asset ReValUatlOms T a ae aaraa aa a aTa a anne Ae sequen cask aaa een nn aa Eaa aaa seated end tes aeua Lan 90 Bonus Share Allocations s sess ee cc ee 92 SCRIP TOR SCFID 5 ea a eaaa den esse eek Aare ceeded sise een ect 94 DGITIONG EEE RE Re 95 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Contents Il 5 Splits and Consolidations sense 97 6 Capital Repayment 1 00 rao a Ea e aaan R E EaD EA Eiaa REEE 98 7 Depreciation Processing ss nsnnnernnsennennsnnnennsnnenennnnnenennnnnnenne 99 REMOVE AS SOU oie ce cod lac nn En D nn ete ends ina nes see nana sens teen a 101 9 View and Edit Asset Cost Bases msnnnnnenmnennmnennns 102 10 View and Edit Sales Records inn
345. ump to Cash receipt Dividend Distribution and other screens A Skip this line button is also displayed for each line so that any transactions can be deleted from the import list You can close the screen at any time Any remaining transaction lines simply disappear and no action will be taken 2 2 Import Asset History Menu Home gt Import Data gt Import Asset History This section of the MySF Manager User Manual discusses the process of importing asset history stored in a Microsoft Excel or text based format such as a CSV file MySF Manager can import information from most file formats provided that the minimum amount of information for creating the asset record and accounting entries exists The minimum information for each transaction is lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Data Import and Export 38 Transaction Type Buy Sell etc Transaction Date Asset Code Quantity Total Amount or Per Unit Amount GST Amount Brokerage Amount If the breakdown of amounts is not available Capitalized Cost may also be used instead but this may lead to less accurate reporting in MySF Manager When importing this information Journal Entries are created automatically for Events which fall within the bounds of the fund s Current Financial Year while those falling before the start date of the fund s Current Financial Year are used to create an Opening Balance Journal Entry Before attempting to
346. v Total to Allocate 365 200 00 v Allocate based on WDV 08 106 2007 125 00 Cost Base v j 1 3CGT Discount CBA 123455 M Frozen Index Cost Base Date of Acquistion Cost Accumuated Written Down Value 235 000 00 16 633 15 278 366 85 Dette Accumulated Depreciated Cost Depreciation Written Down Value Through To Date 50 000 00 2 819 18 47 180 82 245 000 00 13 81397 _ 231 186 03 295 000 00 85 583 15 16 633 15 278 365 85 To sell a physical asset jak oe Please edit the fields of the sale Descriptions of each field are listed below The physical asset you wish to sell will display in the middle area Check all the information is correct before proceeding Click Process to complete the sale of a physical asset Click Exit to close the Sell Physical Asset screen To reverse the sale of a physical asset jas sou Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter Filter the Report on fields to show sales of your physical assets that have been made throughout the life of the fund The fields should show Asset lt asset name gt General Journal Sale Select the first level item of the physical asset that has been sold from the items that show in the middle of the screen Click Reverse from under the list on the left You are asked to enter a memo for this reversal this is not compulsory A confirmation box will appear asking for
347. ve key information such as bank details and name and address information available for members With the right information in front of you the setup process should take less than 10 minutes To begin the creation process click on 1 Fund Definition 1 Fund Definition lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 23 MySF Manager User Manual Fund Setup Name of Fund Fund Type Fund Short name ABN TFN Date Formed GT Super Fund SSF E Regard ior Gs GT SMSF 987665433 08 06 2007 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Introduction 24 Name of Fund Fund Type Registered for GST Fund Short name ABN TFN Date Formed PAYG Number APRA SFN Email address Click Next to continue This is the official name of the fund and will be used on all reports throughout MySF Manager Choose either SMSF or APRA fund A SMSF can have a maximum of 4 members and a Small APRA fund can have more than 4 members Tick this box if the fund is registered for GST with the Australian Taxation Office If the fund is not registered you will be unable to enter GST as a Tax Code for claiming back input credits Enter a short name for the fund here Enter the Australian Business Number of the fund Enter the Tax File Number of the fund provided by the Australian Tax Office ATO This is a very importan
348. ven if Security has been disabled Once entered the asset will be removed Click Exit to close the Asset Removal Utility screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 4 9 View and Edit Asset Cost Bases Menu Asset Utilities gt View and Edit Asset Cost Bases lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 103 MySF Manager User Manual The Asset Checker screen is used to check that the cost base of each of your assets matches the balance of the corresponding account in the General Ledger Please click Load Asset List at the top right of the screen to load all the current financial assets 7 Asset Checker BR Use this screen to check that the balance of the accounts which represant assets match the cost base of those assets Curent cost base el cost lt gt Load Asset List ANZ ANZ 07 01 2006 ANZ 30 08 2005 BHP BHP 02 11 2005 BHP 03 02 2006 BHP 04 04 2006 BHP 13 09 2005 Checking the cost base of your assets 1 The screen will list all of your current not sold financial assets The details shown for each asset includes the code display text number of units owned current balance of the asset s account and the current cost base of the asset as per the asset record 2 MySF Manager will calculate the suggested cost base for each asset by dividing the current balance of the asset s account by the number of units currently owned This
349. ver occurs when the MACD rises above the signal line suggesting that the price of the asset is likely to experience upward momentum Many traders wait for a confirmed cross above the signal line before entering into a position to avoid entering into a position too early Divergence is when the share price diverges from the MACD This can be interpreted to signal the end of the current trend Dramatic rise in the MACD where the shorter moving average pulls away from the longer term moving average can be interpreted as a signal that the share is overbought and will soon return to normal levels Traders may also watch for a move above or below the zero line because this signals the position of the short term average relative to the long term average When the MACD is above zero the short term average is above the long term average which may signal upward momentum Conversely when the MACD is below zero it may signal a downward momentum Moving average convergence divergence parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Long period default value 26 Short period default value 12 lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 205 MySF Manager User Manual Signal Period default value 9 Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close 2 Ht ef is GE gt He R fas ali QO P Aala EM Prices Studies 100 a Ease Of
350. when the event described in this row occurred in a date format It is best to use dd mm yyyy as the date format but several others are also acceptable translation of date information to date data is automatic Quantity Contains the number of units of the share or asset involved in the event described in this line For example if the event was a purchase of 1000 units of BHP this is the column that would contain the number 1000 Information in this column may have a large number of decimal places e Total Amount incl tax This is the total amount of money which was involved in this transaction expressed in dollars and cents This may be proceeds from the sale the amount paid for the purchase of an asset or the dollar amount resulting from corporate activity Per Unit Amount incl tax This is the per unit amount in dollars of the amount of money which was involved in this transaction This may be proceeds from the sale the amount paid for the purchase of an asset or the dollar amount resulting from corporate activity This number should be equal to Total Amount divided by Quantity GST This column should contain the amount of non claimable GST or any GST amount that is included in the price For example if 1 000 units were purchased for 1 each and the complete price of 1000 included 50 brokerage and 5 non claimable GST the GST column should have 5 Brokerage This column should contain the Brokerage and any oth
351. wish to reverse relates to The fields should show Whole fund blank lt transaction type gt lt payment receipt or General Journal type gt Select the first level item of the transaction type you wish to reverse from the items that show in the middle of the screen Click Reverse transaction from the bottom of the screen You will be prompted to enter a memo for this reversal this is not compulsory Click Ok to continue You will be shown the transactions that will be made and asked to confirm the reversal of the transaction Click Yes to process the reversal otherwise click No to cancel Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen Click Exit to close the Predefined Transaction Manager screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 5 13 Batch General Journal Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Batch General Journal Transactions The Batch General Journal Transactions screen allows you to perform multiple transactions against a selected bank account This feature also allows you to save your progress and return at a later stage lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 151 MySF Manager User Manual 7 Batch General Journal Transactions Batch General Journal Transactions Enter multiple transactions Select bank account CBA 123455 To add a batch General Journal transaction a Select the bank account from the drop
352. with the Transaction Reporter screen please see Transaction Reporter 3 Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund 4 Click Exit to close the General Journals or Transaction Reporter screen Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Bank Transfer screen Bank Reconciliation Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Bank Reconciliation The Bank Reconciliation function is used to determine that the entries in MySF Manager and the entries processed by the Bank are in the same Getting a reconciliation to balance is about understanding the difference and taking small steps to reduce the difference When a bank statement is received there will undoubtedly be items included on the statement which are not included in MySF Manager These would include Bank Charges Fees or taxes charged by the bank or Interest paid by the bank As a first step we suggest you process any of the transactions which you know are Bank generated and have not been entered into the system These entries can be processed as Cash Receipt Cash Payment or as a General Journal Once the transactions have been processed select Bank Reconciliation from the Menu lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 139 MySF Manager User Manual 4 Bank Reconciliation Bank Reconciliation Reconcile your bank statements against fund transactions Bank accourt CBA 1234555 B
353. x Standard Deviation Lanes Stochastics a ig TRIX __MiVertical Horizontal Fitter 0 Volatility Chaikin s Volume Y volume Drawing Features Vertical Horizontal Filter Verindi orcontal Filter Periods 28 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO B Volume Vertical Horizontal Filter 7 8 2 23 Volatility Chaikin s Chaikin s Volatility indicator compares the spread between a share s high and low prices and quantifies volatility as a widening of the range between the high and the low price There are two ways to interpret this measure of volatility The first method assumes that market tops are generally accompanied by increased volatility investors get edgy and that the latter stages of a market bottom are generally accompanied by decreased volatility investors get bored Mr Chaikin s original method assumes that an increase in the indicator over a short time period indicates that a bottom is near and a decrease in volatility over a longer time period indicates an approaching top A moving average or trading band system should be used to confirm possible signals from this and other indicators Volatility Chaikin s parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating Chaikin s volatility indicator lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Analysis and Insight 220 Shift days Value to use as basis for calculati
354. y BHP against transaction CR0025 C Is there a tax withheld amount 450 00 4117 Dividend Reinvestm Browse Reset Tax withheld Memo BHP v 192 86 Do not auto calcuiste Percent franked 100 00 100 30 Company Tax Rate Check Settings to change rate Unfranked amount Other Options on the Main Tab This section explains some of the other selection options available on the screen View and Manage Asset Allocation Table To allocate this asset to an asset category or split to multiple categories click on View and Manage Asset Allocation Table on the bottom of the screen The list of asset allocation categories defined in Configuration gt Asset Allocation Categories is displayed and you have the option of allocating a percentage of this asset to any of the asset allocation categories in the list The maximum amount that can be allocated is 100 Revaluation History The revaluation history area displays the history of the revaluations of this asset You can revalue your assets through Asset Utilities gt Revaluation Table Continue to the next step by clicking on the Additional Information Tab Click Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Click Exit to close the Add Manage Financial Assets screen Additional Information Menu Assets gt Buy and Manage gt Select Asset Class gt Additional Information Tab The Additional Information tab is used to store information about this asset
355. y calculate the opening balance for the accounts of various assets The screen you should use to create opening balances is the Load Opening Balances screen Menu Cash and Bank Accounts gt Load Opening Balances On this screen you will see all of the asset liability and equity accounts Asset accounts which are associated with a physical or financial asset will have a box next to them which can be ticked If you tick that box the program will automatically calculate the opening balance from the information that has been entered when the asset was added This function will incorporate any existing balances of the account so it will not double up figures if a transaction had already been posted to that account You will need to create opening balances for all assets that were purchased in a past financial year Opening Balances can be created one by one for each asset or you can add in all assets purchased in previous financial years and create a single opening balance transaction covering all of these assets Please note that if you do not have any assets that were purchased in previous periods you may still need to post an opening balance to establish the balance of any bank accounts for the start date of the financial period About Menu Home gt About Bringing up the about screen will show you two things lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Additional Information 310 e The current ve
356. y due to overselling or overbuying in cases of extreme positive or extreme negative values Momentum parameters and customisation in MySF Manager Number of periods to use in calculating the momentum default value 10 Value to use as basis for calculation open low high close adjusted close lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 207 MySF Manager User Manual a c gt lH ale E a Hle Qo Aaly BY Prices Studies Ease Of Movement 90 Moving Average Convergence Divergence Mass Index Money Flow Index ou Negative Volume Index sappy Volume On Balance Volume il n dl k l Ai J DS crewing Features 0 Momentum 112 Momentum Periods 12 Q3 06 Q4 Q1 07 Q2 Perform On ClosePrice RIO M Volume Momentum 7 8 2 10 Money Flow Index Money flow index is a momentum indicator in technical analysis that is used to determine the conviction in a current trend by analysing the price and volume of a given investment Money flow index is used as a measure of the strength of money going in and out of an investment and can be used to predict a trend reversal The range of values for the money flow index can be between 0 and 100 The money flow index is similar to the relative strength index except that money flow index also accounts for volume whereas the RSI only incorporates price Many traders watch for possible buy signals that arise when the money flow in
357. you to confirm the reversal of the sale Click Yes if you are sure you wish to reverse the sale otherwise click No Click Exit to close the Transaction Reporter screen Go to Asset Utilities gt View and Edit Sale Records Select the physical asset class that the physical asset you wish to reverse belongs to in the first drop down field In the middle of the screen all sold assets of the selected class and date range will be lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Managing Assets 82 shown Click on Reverse next to the sale you wish to reverse You will prompted with a warning and if you are sure you wish to reverse the sale click Yes otherwise click No 9 Click Exit to close the View and Edit Sales Records screen 10 Go to Home gt Save to finalise any changes made to the current fund Selling Sale price Sale Date For pre 88 assets use Cost of Sale Tax type on Cost Tax Amount Select from the drop down list for assets within the selected asset class Once selected details of the selected asset will be displayed Enter the sale price excluding any cost of sale This is the date that will be used to calculate capital gains Only those assets owned prior to the sale date can be sold Any other assets will not be accessible MySF Manager will check to see if all items being sold have been depreciated through to the sale date If this has not been done you
358. you wish to take money from and transfer to another bank account 2 In the Transfer to box select the bank account that you wish to put money into and transfer from another bank account 3 Enter the amount of money you wish to transfer between the two bank accounts above in the Amount field 4 Enter the date of transfer of the money between the two bank accounts in the Transfer date field For further help using date fields please see General Tips 5 Enter any memo or notes you wish to associate with this bank transfer in the Memo field This memo will then be viewable to this transaction in the Transaction Reporter 6 Once all the fields have been filled with the correct information please click Transfer at the bottom of this screen to transfer the desired amount from the first bank account to the second bank account Please note that you must enter information for all fields on this screen before the transfer can be processed The transfer of money between the two accounts will be posted as a General Journal The transaction can be viewed through Reporting gt Transaction Reporter To reverse a bank transfer lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 138 5 8 ja Open the Transaction Reporter by going to Reporting gt Transaction Reporter 2 Select the transaction from the list in the middle of the screen and click Reverse If you require further help
359. your fund is something we suggest you discuss with your financial advisor The categories you choose once defined are displayed in the investment strategy and you are then able to define the percentage of your total fund that you plan to invest in each category of asset 2 Defining the Document Text The second part of defining the investment strategy in MySF Manager is defining the document text r _ investment Strategy ES Investment Strategy Maintain your fund s investmert strategy document Akey area of responsibilty for trustees of SMSFs is Attach documents 1 ivestment management The investment strategy must reflect the purpose and circumstance of the superannuation fund Browse Open Remove Planned asset allocation Document sections introduction Introduction Approach to risk Approach to sharing information Authority for investment decisions Asset allocations Cash g Faxed interest Intemational Shares Australan Property Shares Intemational Feed Interest Australian Summar z New Section Remove Section Included in the software is a sample table of contents to get you started however we would suggest that you consult your financial advisor to get an accurate strategy defined for your fund lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved 235 MySF Manager User Manual 8 2 On the left hand side of this screen is a tree structure where you select the section h
360. ype from the Select Transaction Type box Enter a name that you would like to associate with this predefined transaction Click Enter Details to open the corresponding transaction screen Please see either Cash Receipts Cash Payments or General Journals 4 Once all the details have been filled out for the predefined transaction on the corresponding transaction type screen please click Create to process the transaction type 5 The screen will automatically close and you will taken back to the predefined transaction manager screen Select the predefined transaction you wish to process from the list on the right QUE lt 2003 2010 gt www mysf com au All rights reserved Cash and Bank Accounts 150 6 You are now shown the corresponding screen of the transaction you wish to process If all details are correct please click Process to generate the desired transaction To remove and reverse a predefined transaction 1 9 10 Open the Predefined Transaction Manager Cash and Bank Accounts gt Predefined Transactions Select the predefined transaction you wish to remove from the list on the right Click Remove to delete the predefined transaction Open the Transaction Reporter Reporting gt Transaction Reporter For further help with the Transaction Reporter please see Transaction Reporter Filter the Report on fields to show the transaction type that the predefined transaction you

MySF Manager User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents